Serve Scale Soar®: Recent Episodes

Brandi Mowles

How do I scale my service-based business to six-figures? How do I balance work and life? How do I make a full-time income online? How do I price my services and where do I find high-end clients? What systems should I have in place? And the biggest question of all, do I have to hire a team, grow an agency or create passive profit to scale my business to six figures?

Welcome to the Serve Scale Soar® podcast. Where we answer all these questions and so much more. Your host Brandi Mowles reveals all the questions you have about scaling your business and how to do it while creating a life you love and without hiring a team. Brandi is sharing all her service-based business tips, strategies, and marketing tips and tricks so you can scale your online business to five-figure months that soar into six-figure years. Discover how you can create a six-figure online business as a virtual assistant, social media manager, Pinterest manager, digital marketer, graphic designer, freelancer, OBM, project manager and solopreneurs.

Make sure to follow the show so you never miss an episode.

Learn more in my free masterclass on “How To Scale To Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring A Team” https://servescalesoar.com/10K

You are not doing too little. You’re doing too little of the right things.

I work one-on-one with 60 people a week inside Strategist Society, I’ve got over 1,000 people in Conversions For Clients, and across seven years I’ve worked with more than 3,000 freelancers. Same thread every single time: the to-do list is a mile long and most of it doesn’t matter.

The online space is loud. Post daily, be on LinkedIn, no wait, Threads, no wait, Facebook Groups are dead, no wait, they’re not. Holy bananas, is it noisy.

So in this episode I’m cutting through all of it. Three things. That’s the whole list. If it’s not one of these three, mark it off.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

Why only about 20% of your daily activity actually moves your business forward
How to run your marketing minutes in 30 minutes a day (and why Parkinson’s Law is the reason it’s taking you two hours)
The exact weekly structure: 25 names on Monday, 5 touchpoints a day, one channel only
Why the student doing $40,000 months still does her marketing minutes every single day
The difference between systems that buy back your time and systems you’re using to procrastinate
Which systems matter when you’re brand new (and why your logo isn’t one of them)
Why AI is genuinely bad at strategy, and why that makes expert knowledge your moat
The 3-question filter to run your to-do list through this week

Mentioned in this episode:

Predictable Clients Workshop
The Standards of Excellence episode
The Parking Lot System episode
Books mentioned: Expert Secrets, DotCom Secrets, $100M Offers by Alex Hormozi, Influence by Robert Cialdini
Conversions For Clients: https://conversionsforclients.com
Strategist Society: https://thestrategistsociety.com
DM me the word FOCUS on Instagram: https://instagram.com/brandimowles

Ready to scale past $10K months?

This is exactly what I do with our students inside Strategist Society. I help you see why your to-do list feels so overwhelming, get you focused on what actually matters, walk you through the steps, and I’m there day to day on Voxer. If you want someone who’ll kick you in the butt AND help you grow your revenue, head to thestrategistsociety.com and apply for a call. It’s not a hardcore sales call. I’ll find your biggest gaps, tell you honestly if you’re a fit, and either way you’ll leave with clarity on your next step.

Loved this episode?

Leave a review on Apple or hit those stars on Spotify. That one minute is the best thank-you you can give me for all the free content, y’all. And screenshot this episode, share it to your stories, and tag me @brandimowles.

Now go do the dang thing.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Ever wanted to snoop behind the scenes of a seven-figure business and see exactly what tools keep the whole thing running? Same. Brandi is nosy like that too.

In this episode, she's pulling back the curtain on her full 2026 tech stack, every piece of software she uses to run Serve Scale Soar and all seven of its revenue streams. But here's the honest part: you do not need all of it.

Brandi walks through what she recommends for service providers, what she'd do differently if she could go back, and the three tools she's actively cutting as AI keeps getting better. Grab your coffee and let's do the dang thing.

IN THIS EPISODE, YOU'LL LEARN:

The only two all-in-one tools a service provider actually needs (and when to add more)
Why Brandi runs 90% of her business inside FG Funnels, and who should skip it
How Claude built a full Notion revenue dashboard for her in 15 minutes
Why she still recommends Asana over ClickUp and Notion for most freelancers
Which AI tools she pays for (only 2) and which she uses on the free plan
The 3 tools she's cutting in 2026 and the real reason why
Why simplifying your stack matters more than the software bill itself

MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE:

HoneyBook (30% off first year): brandimowles.com/honeybook
HoneyBook in a Hurry ($37 shortcut with one-click installs)
FG Funnels (discount codes): brandimowles.com/fgfunnels
Conversions for Clients (early-stage service providers): conversionsforclients.com
The Strategist Society (scaling past $10K months): thestrategistsociety.com

READY TO SCALE PAST $10K MONTHS?

If you're a one-on-one service provider ready to build big-girl-money months with real support, come see what we're building inside the Strategist Society. It's the room, the community, and the daily voice support that helps you scale without hustling yourself into the ground. Head to thestrategistsociety.com.

LOVED THIS EPISODE?

Screenshot it, share it to your stories, and tag @brandimowles so Brandi can hang out with you over there.

Now go do the dang thing.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Let me say it loud for the people in the back. Services are the fastest path to cash, and they always will be. I will die on that hill.

In this episode, I sit down with Samantha Fine, a longtime student and Strategist Society member who has been through every phase of business. She started during the pandemic, shut it down for a dream job at Coca-Cola, got discriminated against for being a mom, had her second baby, and relaunched with one goal: pick her son up from kindergarten every single day.

She spent most of 2024 chasing the passive income dream and made $500. Then she went all in on services and finished 2025 at nearly $80,000, all while working a full-time job for eight months of the year. This is the real math on services versus digital products, and the framework that scales it.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

Why digital products are never as passive as you were sold, and the two things you need before you build one
The exact moment services beat a course (and the $500 vs $80K math behind it)
The Strategist Trifecta: how to scale past your retainer ceiling without adding hours
How Samantha signed a new client almost every month at $3K retainers and a $5K ads intensive
Why being willing to ask questions and be vulnerable is the real growth hack
The discovery call teardown that taught the whole room where deals get lost
Why your business is not your hobby, and the "choose your hard" mindset that changes everything

Mentioned in this episode:

Strategist Society (apply if you are at $3K+/mo): https://thestrategistsociety.com
Conversions For Clients (start your ad management business): https://conversionsforclients.com

Ready to scale past $10K months?

If you are already doing $3,000 or more with your service business and you want to be in the room with women like Samantha, head to thestrategistsociety.com and apply for a call. We will look at exactly where you are and what your next step is. No million-dollar-agency pressure, just real strategy that fits your real life.

Loved this episode?

Screenshot it, share it to your stories, and tag @brandimowles so I can cheer you on. It helps another service provider find this exact lesson before she wastes a year on the wrong thing.

Now go do the dang thing.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Eight years ago this month, I was sitting on my bathroom floor, five months postpartum, crying, googling "legit work from home jobs" so I could pay a bankruptcy attorney and still buy formula and diapers.

That was rock bottom. It was also the decision that changed my entire life.

This week is my eight-year business anniversary, and instead of a "look how far I've come" celebration post, I'm doing something different. I'm pulling you up a chair like we're sitting in my favorite coffee shop and giving you the 8 biggest lessons from 8 years of building this thing. Some are about how you build the business. Some are about how you have to show up. And the last one changes everything.

IN THIS EPISODE, YOU'LL LEARN:

Why a boring business is actually the best business (and the coach line that woke me up)
The KISS rule that pulled my revenue back up in 60 days after I overcomplicated everything
Why one-on-one is your fastest path to cash and a course is your best path to scale (with Samantha's $500 vs $150K story)
How I scaled to multiple seven figures with a team of two, working under 25 hours a week
The confidence tax you pay for bargain bin clients that no refund can cover
The 5 standards of excellence that took us from $350K back to $675K
Why a structured schedule is the thing that actually buys you freedom
The mindset shift in Lesson 8 that ties all of it together

MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE:

Conversions For Clients (early-stage service providers): https://conversionsforclients.com
Strategist Society (scaling past $10K months): https://thestrategistsociety.com
DM me the word EIGHT on Instagram: https://instagram.com/brandimowles
The Bounce Back episode (the post-Bodhi revenue dip story): https://brandimowles.com/253
Samantha's episode (the marketing pro who restarted her ad management business): https://brandimowles.com/136

READY TO SCALE PAST $10K MONTHS?

If Lessons 3 and 4 lit something up in you and you're ready to scale toward consistent $30K months with a lean team, simple offers, and real structure, that is exactly what we build inside Strategist Society. Come see if it's your room: https://thestrategistsociety.com

LOVED THIS EPISODE?

Take a screenshot, share it to your stories, and tag me @brandimowles so I can celebrate eight years with you. It genuinely helps more service providers find the show.

Now go do the dang thing.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Y'all, this one is going to light a fire under you.

Brittney Roberts spent over a decade as a jack-of-all-trades freelancer, strictly hourly, wearing every hat, and after childcare she was making almost nothing. One year she looked at her taxes and saw $18,000. That was the wake-up call.

In this student spotlight, Brittney shares the exact pivot that took her from $18K a year to over six figures as a freelance ad manager, all while moving across the country, homeschooling three energetic boys, and living in temporary housing. This is proof of what's possible when you stop doing everything for everyone and go all in on the right thing.

In this episode, you'll learn:

Why being a jack of all trades is quietly keeping you stuck at low income
The exact moment Brittney decided to go all in on Meta ads (and why she waited too long to fully pivot)
How to reach back out to past clients when you change your services
The strategist trifecta: three package types that grow your revenue without more retainer clients
How Brittney structures her VIP days into two simple sessions
The two-or-three-needle-movers daily habit that protects her time
Why working nights and weekends is not the problem (and when it actually is)
The Voxer stat that shocked Brandi: members who vox weekly all doubled their business or more

Mentioned in this episode:

Strategist Society: https://thestrategistsociety.com
Conversions for Clients (for early-stage freelancers): https://conversionsforclients.com
DM Brandi the word SCALE on Instagram: https://instagram.com/brandimowles
Book mentioned: "Trust Me, I'm Lying" by Ryan Holiday

Ready to scale past $10K months?

If you're ready to be in the room with women like Brittney, with real community and one-on-one Voxer support behind you, head to thestrategistsociety.com and apply. We'll jump on a call and see if it's a fit.

Loved this episode?

Share it with one friend who needs to hear it, and tag @brandimowles so I can see it.

Now go do the dang thing.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

We are halfway through the year, and holy bananas, where did it go? If your stomach just dropped because you're nowhere near the goal you wrote down in December, stay with me.

You do not toss out the plan you made. You check it.

In this episode, Brandi walks you through the exact mid-year reset she just ran with her Strategist Society members, the one that stops the panic spiraling and replaces it with real data. You'll pull your numbers, find out where you're actually sitting in your business, do the gap math (it's smaller than you think), and walk away with three action steps for the next seven days.

In this episode, you'll learn:

Why service providers should plan in 90-day increments instead of 12-month chunks
The year-over-year growth number that tells the truth about your business (and why the average business only grows 5 to 10% a year)
The car-seat gut check: are you in the driver's seat, passenger seat, back seat, or the trunk?
How to close your revenue gap by spreading it over six months instead of panicking over the whole number
The brain dump exercise that took Brandi from a $250K year to $1.2M
Why "I don't like it" is not a reason to skip what actually works (cold email, cold calling, Upwork, local networking)
How to reconnect to your North Star and pick the two life areas to focus on next

Mentioned in this episode:

Strategist Society (scale to consistent $10K, $15K, $20K months): https://thestrategistsociety.com
Conversions for Clients (just getting started, no clients yet): https://conversionsforclients.com
DM Brandi the word RESET on Instagram for the lightning version: https://instagram.com/brandimowles

Ready to scale past $10K months?

If you're sitting here thinking "this is exactly what I needed, but I'll talk myself out of doing it alone," that's exactly what Strategist Society is for. It's the room where we look at your real numbers with you, tell you where to raise your prices, help you brain dump your gap fill, and hold you to the three things you committed to. Built for service providers ready to scale to consistent $10K to $20K months on less than 25 hours a week. Head to https://thestrategistsociety.com.

Loved this episode?

Screenshot it, share it to your stories, and tag @brandimowles. It helps more service providers find the show and it makes my whole day.

Now go do the dang thing.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Y'all, this spotlight episode hit different.

Lauren is a Conversions for Clients student who got made redundant in December and gave herself 3 months to make her ad management business work before she'd have to go back to corporate. By April, she was billing £6,125 with four clients, all from four completely different sources.

No fancy website. No massive audience. No "wait until I'm ready" energy. Just decision, deadline, and doing the dang thing.

In this episode, Lauren breaks down her exact numbers month by month, the four channels she used to find her first clients (none of them are Instagram, by the way), how she repackaged her offer to charge £3,000 for a foundational month plus £1,500/month retainer, and the mindset shift that took her from no self-belief to feeling invincible.

If you've been sitting on the fence about starting your service business or you're scared the timing isn't right, this is your sign.

In this episode, you'll learn:

How Lauren scaled from £500 to £7,600 months in her first 4 months of business
The 4 client acquisition channels she used (and why you only need 3)
How to structure a £3,000 foundational month offer that clients will pay for
The exact moment she fired her £500/month client (and why you should too)
Why "back against the wall" energy is the best place to start your business
The strategist trifecta approach that lets you charge premium without burning out
How AI is changing service delivery (and why strategists are irreplaceable)
The mindset shift that builds real, lasting confidence
What aligned hustle looks like versus the toxic version

Mentioned in this episode:

Conversions for Clients: conversionsforclients.com
Strategist Society: thestrategistsociety.com
Confident Ad Manager Bootcamp: confidentadmanager.com
DM Brandi the word LAUREN on Instagram for the cliff notes version: @brandimowles
The Champagne Clients podcast episode (referenced by Lauren): https://brandimowles.com/278

Ready to scale past $10K months without burning out?

Inside Strategist Society, I teach the strategist trifecta, the systems, and the offer structure that let you raise your rates and reduce your hours at the same time. If you're ready to stop trading hours for dollars and start building the business Lauren is now building, come hang out with us atthestrategistsociety.com.

Loved this episode?

Screenshot it, tag @brandimowles, and share it with one service provider who needs to hear Lauren's story. The more we lift each other up, the more women win.

Now go do the dang thing.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

If you're staring at your calendar in June thinking, "Oh my gosh, what am I about to do with the kids home all stinking summer," this episode was created exactly for you.

You do not have to white-knuckle your way through the next eight weeks. You don't have to ghost your clients. You don't have to skip the beach. And you definitely don't have to work from a hotel bathroom at 11pm while your kids are asleep.

There is a way to actually do this. I've coached hundreds of women through it, and I pretty much live on a summer schedule 365 days out of the year. So let's get into it, friend.

In This Episode, You'll Learn:

The mindset shift you HAVE to make about summer (this is non-negotiable, and it's the reason most service providers melt down in June)
The 4 client conversations you need to have this week (with the exact energy to bring to them)
Why "I need to hire someone to cover for me" is the wrong instinct, and what to do instead
The Summer Work Bucket List framework: full work weeks, modified weeks, and vacation weeks (and how to map every week of your summer into one of the three)
The "power days and pockets" rhythm my Strategist Society members use to run profitable businesses while traveling
A real student example: how one of our members handled a Disney cruise with four retainer clients and ads running
What to do RIGHT NOW if you didn't pre-plan and your summer is already on fire

Mentioned in This Episode:

Strategist Society: thestrategistsociety.com
Conversions For Clients: conversionsforclients.com
DM me on Instagram: @brandimowles (send the word SUMMER)

Ready to Scale Past $10K Months?

If you're sitting at $3K to $10K months as a service provider and you're tired of trading hours for dollars (especially when summer or any time off destroys your income), Strategist Society is exactly where you need to be. We help you repackage your offers, get in front of champagne clients, raise your prices, and build a business that runs without you babysitting it every time you want a week off. No agency required. Apply at thestrategistsociety.com.

Loved This Episode?

Share it with one friend who's already drowning in summer chaos, and tag me @brandimowles so I can see it. I read every single message and DM.

Now go do the dang thing.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Working nights. Working weekends. Working into the cracks of your life. Tracking every minute for 30+ clients. Watching your effective rate drop every time you get faster at your job.

If that is your current reality, this episode is the mirror you need.

This week on Serve Scale Soar, I sit down with Mandy, a Canadian funnel designer and Strategist Society member, who pulled off one of my favorite kinds of transformations. She went from $10K hourly months (and full-on burnout) to one $12,000/month retainer client, a $19K best month, and a $130K year in 2025, all while working around 30 hours a week. Same brain. New container.

We get into the exact moment it finally clicked for her at Strategist Summit Live, the boring (and consistent) Marketing Minutes strategy that landed her dream client out of a free Facebook Group, and the unexpected champagne client problem nobody warns you about when you finally get your time back.

In this episode, you'll learn:

Why hourly pricing is a pay cut every time you get better at your craft (and the math behind it)
The Strategist Summit moment when one sentence from another member finally cracked Mandy open
The exact Marketing Minutes strategy Mandy ran during our 30-day challenge (hint: Facebook Groups are NOT dead)
How she pitched and landed a $12K/month retainer from a free Facebook Group post
The "champagne client problem" of suddenly having time and not knowing what to do with it
Why you should build your retainer floor BEFORE the scalable offer
Why Strategist Society works for funnel builders and consultants, not just ad managers
What actually moved the needle inside the program (and what Mandy did NOT consume)

Mentioned in this episode:

Apply for Strategist Society: thestrategistsociety.com
DM the keyword MANDY to @brandimowles on Instagram for the lightning recap
For early-stage ad managers: conversionsforclients.com

Ready to scale past $10K months?

Strategist Society is the room where high-level service providers (ad managers, funnel builders, consultants, OBMs, copywriters) scale to $20K, $30K, and $50K months while working under 25 hours a week. If you are ready to drop hourly pricing for good and want a coach in your corner who will quote the bigger number until your nervous system catches up, head to thestrategistsociety.com and apply. We will hop on a call, do a full business audit, and figure out if we are a fit.

Loved this episode?

Screenshot it, tag @brandimowles on Instagram, and share it with one service provider friend who is still stuck on hourly. That is how more women find their way out of the hourly trap.

Now go do the dang thing.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

You could be the best closer in the world. You could have your offer dialed in. You could be saying all the right things on every discovery call.

And you're still losing the client.

Because the problem isn't the call. The problem is what's happening before the call. And 99% of service providers, even the ones charging $5K, $10K, $15K a month, are completely missing this one page that could change their entire conversion rate.

In this episode, I'm breaking down what your post-schedule page is, why it works, and why your discovery call conversion rate isn't where it could be without it.

In this episode, you'll learn:

The 3 places every service business breaks down (and how to know which one is killing your growth)
Why your discovery call conversion rate should be between 40% and 60% (and what to do if it's outside that range)
The real reason your sales calls are running 30, 45, 50 minutes when they should be 15
What a post-schedule page actually is and the 4 jobs it needs to do for you
The 3 objections that keep service providers from building this page (and why they're all wrong)
How adding this one page increased my own conversion rate by 15%

If you're sitting at under a 40% conversion rate right now, this is the strategy that can change your entire sales process this week.

Mentioned in this episode:

Apply for Strategist Society: https://thestrategistsociety.com
From Chasing to Chosen: https://brandimowles.com/chasing
Predictable Clients: https://brandimowles.com/predictable
DM me on Instagram with the word PAGE: https://instagram.com/brandimowles

Ready to scale past $10K months?

If your sales calls are taking forever, you've raised your prices and suddenly can't find clients, or you're hitting a ceiling you can't break through, I want to get my eyes on your business. Apply for a 1:1 call with me at https://thestrategistsociety.com. We'll find your biggest hole in 15-20 minutes, and you'll walk away with total clarity on your next step.

Loved this episode?

Take a screenshot, share it on Instagram Stories, and tag me @brandimowles. It helps more service providers find the show.

Now go do the dang thing.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

What happens when you stop trading endless hours for mediocre results and switch to a service that actually gives you your time back?

In this student spotlight episode, I'm chatting with Natasha, a mom of two from Los Angeles who spent seven years in the online space doing branding, web design, and, most recently, Pinterest management. She was working hours upon hours for clients paying $775 to $997 a month and couldn't even see clear results from her efforts.

Then she joined Conversions for Clients, landed two ad clients within two weeks at $1,000 each, and made her entire investment back before the 45-day mark.

The best part? She went from not being able to track her time because she was always working to spending maybe 10 hours a month on her ad clients. Same money, fraction of the time.

In this episode, we cover:

Why Natasha was so frustrated with Pinterest management (and why organic services can burn you out)
How she landed her first two ad clients from her existing client base
The pricing and contract structure she used to transition clients smoothly
What it actually feels like to go from constant work to 10 hours a month
Her 90-day goals for phasing out Pinterest and going all in on ads
Why ads might be the perfect fit if you have both a creative and analytical brain
The unlimited opportunities available when you learn ad management

If you're a service provider spending way too many hours on organic content and not seeing the results you want for your clients, this episode is your sign that there's a better way.

Links Mentioned:

Register for an upcoming workshop: brandimowles.com/100K

Learn more about Conversions for Clients: conversionsforclients.com

DM me on Instagram: instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Most ad managers are using AI for the basic stuff and completely missing the real opportunities. In this episode, I'm sharing 5 ways I'm actually using AI in my ads business (plus what my Strategist Society members are doing) that save serious time and make you more money.

These aren't your typical "AI tips for marketers." These are practical strategies you can implement this week without being tech-savvy or knowing how to code.

In this episode, you'll learn:

How to create voice guides and customer avatar documents that used to cost $5K (and how to use them as fast action bonuses on sales calls)
The AI + Meta reporting hack that took my reporting from 1 hour to 10 minutes
How Crystal in Strategist Society sold a $2,500 audit that took her 45 minutes
How to use competitor gap analysis to find what everyone else is missing
The reverse engineering framework for pulling winning hooks from other industries
How to set up automated weekly briefings so you always know what's changing in Meta

Ready to implement these strategies? Grab The Ad Copy Shortcut! for just $27 at brandimowles.com/copy-shortcut

Resources Mentioned:

The Ad Copy Shortcut!: brandimowles.com/copy-shortcut
Conversions for Clients: conversionsforclients.com
Strategist Society: brandimowles.com/strategistsociety

Connect with me:

Instagram: @brandimowles
Website: brandimowles.com

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Y'all, this episode is proof that you can be a present mom AND have a thriving business. It's not either/or. It's AND.

Laura found me in the most random way possible (let's just say it involved a Facebook mom group and me getting into it with a troll). When we first met, she was a social media manager running content for five businesses but only getting paid for two clients. She was maxed out at $2,400 a month with zero room to grow.

Fast forward one year, and Laura just hit $9,800 in January. She's transitioned to ad management, she's landing local clients through networking, and she's doing it all while getting her kids off the bus and being present at home.

In this episode, we're breaking down:

The moment Laura realized social media management wasn't going to get her where she wanted to go
Why she was terrified that making more money would make her a worse mom (and how she got past it)
The 60 days where everything changed and her income more than doubled
How she's finding clients through local networking, cold emails, and Facebook groups
The two skills from Strategist Society that made the biggest difference
What she'd tell someone sitting on the fence about investing in themselves

If you're a service provider who feels maxed out, burned out, or stuck at an income ceiling, Laura's story is going to light a fire under you.

Resources Mentioned:

Apply for Strategist Society: https://thestrategistsociety.com

Get started with Conversions for Clients: https://conversionsforclients.com

Connect with me on Instagram: https://instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

How many discovery calls have you had in the last 90 days? If that number is low, your problem isn't your sales call. It's your leads.

In this episode, Brandi shares the exact diagnostic framework she uses with her consulting clients (from $3K months to $40K months) to pinpoint where their pipeline is broken. You'll learn about the three problems every service provider has (leads, conversion, retention), plus the 4C Client Attraction System that maps out your entire client pipeline.

In this episode, you'll learn:

The three elements of every service business and how to diagnose which one is broken
The 4C Client Attraction System: Connect, Conversation, Call, Close
Signs that each stage of your pipeline is broken
Why most service providers are fixing step four when step one is broken
The benchmarks you need to know (how many calls, what conversion rate)
Your three action steps to implement this week

Resources mentioned:

Predictable Clients Workshop: brandimowles.com/predictable
DM "PREDICTABLE" on Instagram @brandimowles
Standards of Excellence Episode: https://brandimowles.com/276
Referral Engine Episode: https://brandimowles.com/280
Trust Ladder Episode: https://brandimowles.com/244

If you're tired of the feast or famine rollercoaster, this episode will show you exactly where to focus your energy to build a predictable client pipeline.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

What happens when a 14-year teacher gets fired and decides to bet on herself instead of going back to the classroom? She builds a $7K/month freelance ad management business in under a year while homeschooling her kids and working 25 hours a week. That's exactly what today's guest, Kendra, did.

In this student spotlight, Kendra shares how she went from zero marketing experience to five clients, all in the educator niche, using nothing but Instagram cold DMs and daily consistency. We're talking real numbers, real strategy, and real talk about what's been hard too.

In this episode, we cover:

How Kendra discovered her niche organically and why you don't have to have it figured out before you start
The simple cold DM approach she uses to land clients without ever leading with a sales pitch
How she manages five clients while homeschooling two kids in about 25 hours a week
Why working more hours is NOT the path to more revenue (and what to focus on instead)
The Conversions for Clients resource that helped her most when she was starting out
Her goal of hitting $20K months this year

If you've been wondering whether this is actually possible for someone starting from scratch, this episode is your proof.

Links and Resources Mentioned:

Conversions for Clients - for service providers ready to land their first clients
Strategist Society - for service providers scaling past $10K/month
Follow Brandi on Instagram: @brandimowles

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

The highest-converting leads you'll ever get aren't coming from Instagram or cold pitching. They're coming from someone your dream client already trusts. And y'all, most service providers are leaving that money on the table every single month.

In this episode, I'm breaking down why referrals are one of the most powerful tools in your client acquisition strategy AND why they cannot be your only strategy. Because if referrals are your whole plan, you've handed the steering wheel of your business to someone else.

Here's what we're covering:

Why referrals are a cheat code (and what makes them convert so fast)
The real danger of relying on referrals as your only client source
The foundation you need before any referral system will actually work
The 3 specific moments where referrals happen most naturally
Exactly how to ask without feeling pushy or awkward

If you've been coasting on referrals and hoping they keep coming, this episode is your wake-up call. And if you're ready to turn referrals into a real engine that complements your full client acquisition strategy, this one's for you.

Resources mentioned:

Free Roster Reset: brandimowles.com/roster
Strategist Society: brandimowles.com/strategistsociety

DM me "referral" on Instagram: @brandimowles

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

What does it look like to go from working "the night shift," barely sleeping, charging $350 retainers, and pulling in $3K months to hitting nearly $15K in a single month while actually working LESS?

That's exactly what happened for Emily, one of our Strategist Society members and a meta ads manager and mom of four in Texas. In this student spotlight episode, Emily shares her entire journey, from taking any client she could get and undercharging like crazy, to raising her prices, finding aligned clients, and building a business that actually fits her life.

We're getting real about what it looks like to scale a service business as a mom, how the Standards of Excellence changed everything for her, why theme days are a game changer (especially if you have ADHD), and what happens when your biggest business problem becomes having TOO much free time.

If you're a service provider sitting at $3K to $5K months, wondering how to break through to the next level, this episode is for you.

In this episode, you'll hear:

How Emily went from $3K months and late nights to nearly $15K while working less
Why she ghosted me for a month before joining Strategist Society (and what changed her mind)
The pricing shift that changed everything: from $350 retainers to a $3K minimum
How the Standards of Excellence became her "lighthouse" during chaotic seasons
Why she had her best month ever while being hospitalized AND snowed in
How theme days helped her manage ADHD and eliminate context switching
The mindset shift that happens when you start making more money while working less
Emily's next goal: $20K months as her new normal

Resources mentioned in this episode:

Join Strategist Society for service providers scaling past $10K months - https://thestrategistsociety.com
Get started at conversionsforclients.com if you're building your foundation
DM me on Instagram @brandimowles
Book mentioned: The Slight Edge

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

What if the reason you're exhausted, underpaid, and starting to resent your business has nothing to do with your services or your strategy and everything to do with who you're working with?

Y'all, today we're diving into the Champagne Client Matrix, one of the most eye-opening frameworks I teach inside my workshops and Strategist Society. After working with over 3,000 service providers, I've noticed that most of us are attracting the same four types of clients and depending on which ones fill your roster, you're either building toward your dream business or burning out fast.

In this episode, I'm walking you through all four client types, how to audit your current roster honestly, and what it's actually costing you to keep the wrong clients around.

In this episode we cover:

Why you don't have a pricing problem (and what you actually have instead)
The 4 client types in the Champagne Client Matrix: Bargain Bin, Golden Handcuff, Miracle Worker, and Champagne
The "confidence tax" that bargain bin clients charge you without you even realizing it
Why golden handcuff clients are the hardest to let go and what happens when you finally do
The telltale signs you're working with a miracle worker client (hint: you've become their therapist)
What makes champagne clients different and how working with them compounds your confidence and income
A simple roster audit you can do today to see exactly where you stand
Why your messaging is likely the reason champagne clients aren't finding you yet

Resources & Links Mentioned:

Chasing to Chosen Workshop ($97) - Get your champagne messaging dialed in: brandimowles.com/chasing
Early-stage service providers: conversionsforclients.com
Scaling past $10K/month: Strategist Society
Follow Brandi on Instagram: @brandimowles

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

I've told people for years to stay off Upwork. I've literally never even logged into the platform. But today's guest, Strategist Society member Ashley Cruz, made me eat my words.

Ashley signed her first high-ticket client on Upwork in just 15 days, and seven months later, she was completely waitlisted. Her cost per client? $45. In this episode, she's breaking down exactly how she finds premium, retainer-based clients on a platform most service providers have written off.

In this episode, you'll learn:

Why high-ticket clients are actually on Upwork (and why they're not looking for cheap labor)
How to pitch retainer rates even when a job posting lists hourly
The $45 strategy that turns into $9,200+ in contracts
Ashley's 3 steps to get started on Upwork this week
Why your Upwork profile should read like a sales page, not a LinkedIn bio

Resources mentioned:

Ashley's free Upwork Profile Checklist: business-baddie.com/checklist
Follow Ashley on Instagram: @the.business.baddie
Conversions for Clients: conversionsforclients.com
Ready to scale past $10K months? DM me "STRATEGIST" on Instagram: @brandimowles

Read the full blog post: https://brandimowles.com/277

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

What if the thing standing between you and your best business year has nothing to do with your strategy, your niche, or your packages?

What if it's five simple daily habits that take less than an hour total, and most service providers are skipping them completely?

I ran a 30-day Standards of Excellence Challenge inside Strategist Societyat the start of 2026, and y'all, the results completely blew my mind. Students went from zero clients to three clients in 30 days. Others booked their first VIP days. Some revived contracts they thought were dead in the water. And all of it came from five non-negotiable daily habits.

I've been doing these habits for two years. I know the Strategist Society members who do them consistently get the best results. But this was the first time we'd ever run a 30-day challenge around them, and now I'm taking you behind the scenes so you can implement them too.

These are the Standards of Excellence, and today I'm breaking down all five.

In this episode:

The episode teaches five simple daily habits (“Standards of Excellence”) that improve mindset, consistency, and business growth.
Consistent daily actions matter more than complicated strategies for building a successful business.
Daily client conversations and outreach are the primary drivers of predictable revenue growth.
Repeating small habits creates identity and mindset shifts that help business owners show up more confidently.
Sustainable habits designed for busy service providers produce long-term momentum without burnout.

Resources & Links:

Ready to scale past $10K months? Learn about Strategist Society: https://thestrategistsociety.com
Just getting started as a service provider? https://conversionsforclients.com

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

What happens when you lose your six-figure corporate job at 50 and decide to build a business from scratch instead of updating your resume?

In this student spotlight, I'm sitting down with LaShall Dodson, who launched Dedicated Virtual Professional Services in March 2024 after a merger acquisition eliminated her Fortune 500 position. In her first year, she made $34,000. By the end of year two? $226,000.

LaShall breaks a LOT of the Brandi rules (she doesn't niche down, she runs a full agency with a team of six, and she manages her clients with manila folders), but she's proof that there's more than one way to build a wildly successful service business.

In this episode, we're talking about:

Going from corporate director to service provider and the mindset shifts that come with it
Why her first year was slow and the mistake that held her back from landing clients sooner
Hitting a $23K month, then dropping back down, and what she did about it
How joining Strategist Society helped her close out the year at $226K
The real talk on taxes, retirement, and getting your financial house in order as you scale
Why she manages 17+ retainer clients with physical folders (and why that's actually okay for now)
The simple daily habits that moved the needle more than any fancy strategy
Why women sharing their numbers matters more than you think

Whether you're transitioning from corporate, in your first year of business, or trying to break through to consistent $20K+ months, LaShall's story is going to fire you up.

Resources & Links:

DM me "STRATEGIST" on Instagram: https://instagram.com/brandimowles
Ready to scale past $10K months? Learn about Strategist Society: https://thestrategistsociety.com
Just getting started as a service provider? https://conversionsforclients.com

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

You know what no one tells you about scaling to multiple six figures? I did it with 400 Instagram followers and a hundred people on my email list. When I hit $1.2 million in one year, I had 4,000 followers on Instagram. Not 40,000. Not 400,000. Just 4,000. My email list was about 8,000 at the time, and we didn't even have a website.

If you've been spinning your wheels trying to grow your Instagram following because you think that's what's gonna get you clients, this is about to set you free from the content hamster wheel. Here's the truth that the online business world doesn't want you to hear: You don't need a huge audience to build a thriving business. You need the right relationships with the right people.

Why a Small Audience Is Not a Revenue Problem: Breaking the myth that you need thousands of followers to build a multiple six-figure service business.
Authority vs. Influence for Service Providers: Understanding why results, positioning, and frameworks matter more than audience size.
Why Referral-Based Marketing Outperforms Cold Outreach: Exploring how warm introductions and trust transfer convert significantly higher than cold traffic.
The Strategic Visibility Framework (One Platform, One Strategy, One Long-Form Channel): Focusing on depth and relationship-building instead of chasing every algorithm.
Becoming Known for One Specific Transformation: Positioning yourself as the go-to expert for one clear outcome to become memorable, referable, and premium.

Find the full post at: https://brandimowles.com/274

Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧The Messaging Shift That Attracts Premium Clients (And stops the tire kickers)

🎧The Four Futures Of Freelancing: Will You Be Irreplaceable or Obsolete in 2026

Additional Resources:

Want help making the shift?

From Chasing to Chosen is a hands-on workshop that shows you how to position yourself as the go-to expert premium clients seek out — without cold DMs or posting nonstop.
Grab your spot at brandimowles.com/chasing (live or on-demand, depending on when you’re reading).
If you're just starting out and need help building the foundation of your service business, head over to conversionsforclients.com for resources designed for early-stage service providers.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Here's something no one tells you about scaling a service-based business: imposter syndrome doesn't go away when you get better clients. It actually gets worse.

When you're just starting out, you're wondering if you're good enough at your skill. But when you start going after premium clients? Now you're wondering who the heck you are to work with someone more successful than you.

That little mean girl voice in your head will tell you every possible stinking reason why you're not qualified, why you should lower your price, why you should stay in your lane, why you're not prepared or ready enough to take on that client.

Today I'm gonna show you how to take that mean girl voice and tell her to get the heck outta Dodge. Because you are more ready than you think, and the only way you're gonna be able to move into working with better clients is if we fix how we think about ourselves.

Why Imposter Syndrome Gets Worse as You Scale (Especially With Premium Clients): The shift from “am I good enough?” to “who am I to work with someone more successful than me?” and why this version hits differently.
The Lie Behind Premium Client Imposter Syndrome: Debunking the belief that you need to be at the same income or business level as your clients to serve them well.
Imposter Syndrome as a Signal of Growth, Not a Red Flag: Reframing imposter syndrome as proof you’re stretching into your next level, not evidence that you’re unqualified.
6 Practical Strategies to Work Through Imposter Syndrome (Without Waiting to Feel Ready): Including collecting evidence, studying dream clients, acting “as if,” separating skill from story, and positioning for where you’re going.
How to Show Up Confidently on Sales Calls With Bigger Clients: Shifting from proving your worth to focusing on solving problems, and reframing the sales call as you interviewing them.

Find the full post at: https://brandimowles.com/273

Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧Why You’re Procrastinating (and How to Break the Cycle Today

🎧If You Bet On Yourself, You Can't Lose: Crystal's Journey To Dream Clients

Additional Resources:

Want help making the shift?

From Chasing to Chosen is a hands-on workshop that shows you how to position yourself as the go-to expert premium clients seek out — without cold DMs or posting nonstop.
Grab your spot at brandimowles.com/chasing (live or on-demand, depending on when you’re reading).

Want more strategies for scaling your service-based business without the hustle? DM me on Instagram @brandimowles with the word "PREMIUM" and let's chat about your next steps.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

You know what's so stinking wild? You're out here with experience, client results, and case studies that would make other people jealous, and you're still attracting clients who need handholding, who question your price, and who ghost you after discovery calls.

I hate to break it to you, but it's not them. It's your messaging.

You're speaking to beginner-level problems when there's a whole world of champagne problems out there waiting for someone like you to solve them. And today, we're gonna fix it.

If you're a service provider (VA, OBM, ads manager, copywriter, funnel builder) who's tired of attracting clients with beginner budgets and beginner problems, this is for you. I'm gonna show you exactly how to shift your messaging to attract premium clients who respect your expertise, make decisions quickly, and pay well.

Beginner Problems vs. Champagne Problems: The distinction between survival-stage clients (uncertain, low budget, testing) and success-stage clients (established, scaling, delegating). Champagne problems are problems of growth, not getting started.
Why Your Messaging Attracts the Wrong Clients: Service providers default to beginner messaging because it feels safer, more familiar, and less vulnerable—often driven by imposter syndrome or playing small.
How Messaging Signals Client Level (and Budget): Language that focuses on “getting started,” affordability, or learning attracts beginners, while messaging that assumes success attracts premium clients who value expertise and delegation.
The Tactical Messaging Shift to Attract Premium Clients: Auditing current messaging, reframing problems to assume success, and using language centered on delegation, ownership, scaling, and premium solutions.
What Changes When You Speak to Champagne Clients: Higher-quality inquiries, shorter sales cycles, easier pricing conversations, faster decisions, and doing higher-level work instead of beginner hand-holding.

Find the full post at: https://brandimowles.com/272

Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧Mastering Your Message: How To Communicate Your Value To Attract Champagne Clients

🎧Consistent Client Flow with Social Selling: Your Guide to Using DMs to Build Relationships and Book Calls

Additional Resources:

Want help making the shift?

From Chasing to Chosen is a hands-on workshop that shows you how to position yourself as the go-to expert premium clients seek out — without cold DMs or posting nonstop.
Grab your spot at brandimowles.com/chasing (live or on-demand, depending on when you’re reading).

Need support?

Just getting started? Head to conversionsforclients.com for free resources.
Ready to scale past $10K/month and become the strategist premium clients seek out? Strategist Society is for you.

And DM me on Instagram @brandimowles with the word “CHAMPAGNE” and your biggest takeaway — I read every message.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Stop. Stop trying to learn everything. Stop collecting certifications. Stop feeling like you're not ready because you don't know enough.

Because I'm about to tell you the only four skills that actually matter when it comes to building wealth as a service provider. And if you master these four things, you will never be broke again - no matter if you're a nine-to-fiver, a freelancer, or you want to create your own digital products.

In fact, skill number four is the one that actually puts money in your bank account, and most of you are completely ignoring it.

Here's what I know to be true after working with over 3,000 service providers: You don't need to know everything. You need to know four things. That's it. Just four.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Why most service providers focus on the wrong things - the trap of endless learning instead of mastering high-leverage skills
Persuasive messaging - how to communicate value in a way that attracts premium clients
How the 4 skills work together - messaging, traffic, funnels, and selling as an integrated system
Selling as the skill that actually deposits money - why most people avoid it and how to get good at it through reps
Adding the strategy layer - becoming invaluable by understanding the "why" behind execution, not just doing tasksually the best opportunity for service providers willing to evolve

Find the full post at: https://brandimowles.com/271

Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧Hourly vs Package Pricing: What Do Clients Really Want?

🎧You Don’t Need A Different Service. You Need Better Offers.

Additional Resources:

If you’re thinking, “Okay, Brandi, I hear you. I need to make the pivot, but I don’t know how to restructure my offers or reposition myself or add that strategy layer,” that is exactly what we do in Strategist Society. We help you make the transition from doer to strategist. We help you restructure your packages, rewrite your messaging, and step into premium positioning so you can charge premium prices while working less.

Head to thestrategistsociety.com and apply for a Strategist Success Audit with me. We’ll look at exactly where you are now and map out the pivot you need to make.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Look, I'm not here to sugarcoat this for you.

AI is replacing service providers left and right in 2026, and if you're offering one of these five services, you could be next.

But before you panic and think this is some doom-and-gloom situation, let me be clear: I'm not here to fear-monger. I'm here to give you a wake-up call so you can pivot NOW instead of getting to the end of 2026 frustrated with your lack of clients, lack of growth, and wondering if you should have even started this business in the first place.

After working with over 3,000 service providers, I've seen this shift happening in real time. I've watched podcast managers get replaced. I've seen copywriters who used to charge $20,000 now struggling to land $2,000 clients. I've watched VAs lose their entire roster because clients figured out ChatGPT can do 80% of what they were paying them for.

The industry is changing, y'all. And we need to change with it.

Here's what we're covering today: the five services getting hit the hardest by AI, real examples of how this is playing out right now, and most importantly, the exact pivot you need to make to stay relevant and charge premium prices.

This might sting a little, but I promise I'm giving you a path forward—not just telling you the sky is falling.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

The shift from execution to strategic thinking
The specific pivots needed for the 5 at-risk service categories
Real behind-the-scenes insights from million-dollar businesses
How to add strategy layers for premium pricing
Why this is actually the best opportunity for service providers willing to evolve

Find the full post at: https://brandimowles.com/270

Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧The 4 Futures of Freelancing: Will You Be Irreplaceable or Obsolete in 2026?

🎧You Don’t Need A Different Service. You Need Better Offers.

Additional Resources:

If you’re thinking, “Okay, Brandi, I hear you. I need to make the pivot, but I don’t know how to restructure my offers or reposition myself or add that strategy layer,” that is exactly what we do in Strategist Society. We help you make the transition from doer to strategist. We help you restructure your packages, rewrite your messaging, and step into premium positioning so you can charge premium prices while working less.

Head to thestrategistsociety.com and apply for a Strategist Success Audit with me. We’ll look at exactly where you are now and map out the pivot you need to make.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Here's what's about to happen in 2026: While you're over here listing out deliverables and making yourself sound like a Jill of all trades, your competitor just positioned herself as a growth partner and landed a $10K retainer client.

Or they niched down so specifically on the one service they're incredible at that they're charging $4,000-$5,000 per client.

The words "service provider," "virtual assistant," and "freelancer" are about to become a liability in your business. And if you don't make this pivot, you're going to be stuck competing on price while everyone else charges premium rates.

Today, I'm breaking down the biggest shift I'm seeing in our industry and exactly how you can position yourself as a premium growth partner instead of a replaceable task doer.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Why "service provider" positioning keeps you competing on price (AI replacing execution work)
The language shift to position as premium-priced (outcomes vs deliverables)
How to lead discovery calls instead of taking orders (diagnosing real problems)
Adding strategy layers to command higher rates (audit, recommend, roadmap)
Real success stories (like Mandy's transformation from 32 clients to one $12K client).

Find the full post at: https://brandimowles.com/269

Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧Mastering Your Message: How to Communicate Your Value to Attract Champagne Clients

🎧You Don’t Need A Different Service. You Need Better Offers.

Additional Resources:

Ready to make this shift, but need help actually implementing it?

If you're thinking, "Yes, I wanna make this shift, but I need someone to look at my messaging, my offers, my pricing, and help me restructure this," this is exactly what we do inside Strategist Society.

We don't just teach you theory. We help you implement. We rewrite your messaging together. We audit your discovery calls. We help you step into the growth partner identity so you can land those $5K, $10K, $15K clients.

If you're early in your business (under $3K months), start with my free training at conversionsforclients.com.

If you're ready to scale past $5k-10K months, send me a DM on Instagram @brandimowles with the words "Growth Partner," and let's chat about exactly where you are in your business and what's gonna be the biggest needle-mover for you this year.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

If you can be replaced with a prompt, your pricing power in 2026 is racing to zero. And here's what no one's really talking about or telling you: it's not that you need to learn more about AI. Yes, that will help you, but it's about becoming the kind of service provider that AI can't replace.

At the end of the day, that's what we need to focus on in 2026, becoming irreplaceable instead of replaceable with a prompt.

Today I'm breaking down the four futures of freelancing, and by the end of this post, you're gonna know exactly which path you're on, and more importantly, which one you need to pivot to before you're replaced by a robot.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

AI Replacing Freelancers: The Future of Freelancing in 2026 — Why some service providers are about to thrive while others get replaced by AI, and what's causing this massive split in the freelance industry.
How to Avoid Being Replaced by AI as a Freelancer — The shift from doer to strategist and why clients are no longer paying for task execution but desperately seeking freelance consultants who can provide leadership and strategy.
The 4 Futures of Freelancing Business Models — A breakdown of the commodity path, the lean specialist route, and the freelance strategist transformation that leads to $20K-$30K months with premium freelance pricing.
How to Charge Premium Prices as a Service Provider — Real example of charging $1,800 for one hour of freelance consulting by getting paid for your brain (not your hands) and using AI tools to handle deliverables.
Becoming an Irreplaceable Freelancer in the Age of AI — Why you can't be replaced by AI when you master the soft skills like emotional intelligence, strategic thinking, and client leadership that freelance services need in 2026.

Find the full post at: https://brandimowles.com/268

Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧 Episode 264: How Smart Ad Managers Are Already Using AI (Without Getting Replaced)

🎧 Episode 265: The Dark Side of AI in Digital Marketing: What No One’s Warning You About

🎧 Episode 266: Becoming the AI-Enhanced Ad Strategist

🎧 Episode 267: Become the AI-Enhanced Strategist Clients Can't Replace

Additional Resources:

If you're ready to step into Path 4, into your strategist era, DM me "FUTURE FOUR" on Instagram @brandimowles and let's have a real conversation. A robot will not take over. Me and you will have a real person-to-person conversation about where your business is now and where you wanna go in 2026.

Just Starting Out? We Have a Place for You Too

If you're early on in your journey, we have a place for you too. Go to conversionsforclients.com and join our Confident Ad Manager bootcamp.

We're only doing our bootcamp once this year, so if you wanna learn how to offer a premium service and step into that Future 3 where you have a very strategic skill that cannot be replaced with AI, register now.

I'm gonna teach you how to land clients even if you have no idea how to run an ad and without working for free.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook:

You’re not competing with AI. You’re competing with how people use AI, and more importantly, how they position themselves. In this final episode of The Strategic Ad Manager’s Guide to AI and Staying in Demand, Brandi lays out exactly how to become the strategic partner your clients never want to lose.

This isn’t just about prompts and productivity hacks. This is about owning your expertise, leveraging AI to enhance your value, not replace it, and communicating that value clearly with your clients.

If you’ve ever worried AI is coming for your role, this episode will have you walking away knowing:

💥 I’m the strategist, and I’m not going anywhere.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Clients want results, clarity, and leadership, not more tech.
Tools can assist, but only strategists can lead.
When you combine your brain with smart tools, you become irreplaceable.
The ad managers who will thrive are the ones who step up as strategic partners.
The AI era favors experts who can guide, not just generate.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/267

Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧 Episode 264: How Smart Ad Managers Are Already Using AI (Without Getting Replaced)

🎧 Episode 265: The Dark Side of AI in Digital Marketing: What No One’s Warning You About

🎧 Episode 266: Becoming the AI-Enhanced Ad Strategist

Additional Resources:

🎯 Ready to Become the Irreplaceable Strategist?

If you’re working with clients and ready to step into your strategist era, where you’re booked, banked, and in demand, you belong inside The Strategist Society.

👉 Apply now → www.thestrategistsociety.com

If you’re just getting started, learn how to land your first ad client without working for free:
👉 www.conversionsforclients.com

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

You’re not getting replaced by AI. But you could get replaced by a strategist who knows how to use it.

In this episode of The Strategic Ad Manager’s Guide to AI and Staying in Demand (Part 3 of 4), Brandi lays out what’s actually changing in ad management and what’s not, plus how to evolve from button pusher to strategic partner, even in an AI-powered world.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

AI is evolving, but so is your opportunity.
Strategic thinkers will rise above button-pushers every time.
There’s room for you but only if you step into strategy.
Clients want results and leadership, not just implementation.
The future isn’t freelance vs. AI, it’s freelancers using AI strategically.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/266

Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧 Episode 264: How Smart Ad Managers Are Already Using AI (Without Getting Replaced)

🎧 Episode 265: The Dark Side of AI in Digital Marketing: What No One’s Warning You About

Additional Resources:

🎧 Next Steps

Want to stay in demand even as AI evolves?

👉 Apply now to work with Brandi inside The Strategist Society
→ www.thestrategistsociety.com

You’ll learn the exact skills that position you as the go-to strategic partner your clients can’t live without.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

AI isn’t just your assistant anymore; it’s becoming a voice in the room. But what happens when that voice is confidently wrong?

In this second episode of The Strategic Ad Manager’s Guide to AI and Staying in Demand, Brandi Mowles breaks down the hidden dangers of AI tools for freelancers, ad strategists, and digital marketers. From confidently incorrect ChatGPT advice to Meta’s AI-generated ad hype, we’re peeling back the curtain and exposing where real strategists still shine.

If your clients are trusting AI more than you… it’s not a robot problem, it’s a positioning problem.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

AI can sound smart but still be wrong. Don’t let it wreck client trust.
Meta’s AI ad tools aren’t replacing you—they’re helping DIYers boost posts.
Strategists win by guiding clients, not just running campaigns.
Communication and positioning will matter more than ever.
You don’t have a robot problem—you have a leadership opportunity.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/265

Want More Like This? ⬇️

Click Here To Learn More About How Smart Ad Managers Are Already Using AI (Without Getting Replaced)

Additional Resources:

🎧 Download the Freebie Brandi Mentioned:

Streamlined Ad Manager Guide Use AI like a strategist, not a robot.
→ https://brandiandcompany.com/streamlined

You’ll get:
✅ Brandi’s best prompts for reporting & messaging
✅ Time-saving AI workflows
✅ Tools to scale without hiring a team

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

AI isn’t your enemy. But the strategist who knows how to use it better than you? That’s who you should be watching out for.

AI is everywhere right now. From fear-mongering headlines to overhyped promises of million-dollar prompts, it’s easy to feel like you’re already behind.

But here’s the truth:
AI won’t replace you—unless you ignore it.

In this episode of The Strategic Ad Manager’s Guide to AI and Staying in Demand, I’m breaking down exactly how smart freelancers and ad managers are already using AI as their secret weapon—without losing their value or becoming robots.

Let’s dive into how to use AI without losing your edge.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

The three “camps” of opinions on AI – fear of replacement, overhyped promises, and total rejection.
How ad managers can strategically use AI – especially in ways that enhance (not replace) their skills.
AI for ad management tasks – copywriting, audience research, ad variations/testing, reporting/analytics, and client SOPs/systems.
What AI should not be used for – strategic decisions (budget, funnel structure, messaging without context, creative direction without tone, sales calls, pitching value).
The importance of human insight – understanding clients’ real-life context, emotions, and unique business needs.
AI as a tool to increase efficiency and profitability – helping ad managers scale without hiring large teams, while still relying on their own expertise and soft skills.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/264

Want More Like This? ⬇️

Click Here To Learn More About AI in Advertising: What Freelancers Need to Know for 2025

Additional Resources:

🎧 Want the Prompts I Use Every Week?

Download my Streamline AI Guide here:
👉brandiandcompany.com/streamlined

You’ll get:

My exact prompts for client reporting
Copywriting jumpstarts
Audience research and more

Then DM me on Instagram (@brandimowles) and tell me your biggest takeaway from this episode—I have a surprise waiting for you 👀

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Are you stuck at an income plateau and wondering if the only way to grow is to completely switch services?

In this episode of the Serve Scale Soar® podcast, we’re busting one of the biggest myths service providers fall into… Thinking you need to become an ad manager, funnel builder, or offer something totally different to hit your next income level.

Inside The Strategist Society™, I see it all the time. Women come in ready to burn their business down because they think their current service isn’t scalable. But nine times out of ten, it’s not the service that’s the problem, it’s the offer.

Today, we’re diving into how to audit, package, and price your existing services so you can scale without starting over.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Changing services won’t fix broken offers.
A clear outcome sells results, not tasks.
The right packaging can instantly increase perceived value.
Pricing must reflect transformation, not hours.
Better offers let you scale without starting over.
You can double your revenue by repackaging, not pivoting.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/263

Want More Like This? ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO STRUCTURE A $5000 VIP DAY: STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE FOR FREELANCE STRATEGISTS

Additional Resources:

Want Support to Grow Without Hiring a Bunch of People?

This is exactly what we do inside Strategist Society.

You’ll get the coaching, community, and framework to help you scale to $20K+ months—without building an agency and while keeping your time and profit intact.

Apply now at www.thestrategistsociety.com

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

If you’re a freelancer or service provider who doesn’t want to manage people, build an agency, or work 40+ hours a week, this episode is your permission slip to scale smarter—without adding chaos or headcount.

For the last seven years, I’ve made multiple six figures every single year with 1:1 services—and zero support on the delivery side. No junior team. No agency. Just smart systems, strategic packaging, and simple offers that convert.

In this episode, I’m walking you through the exact framework I teach inside the Strategist Society so you can grow your business without building a soul-sucking agency or trading profit for stress.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

You don’t need an agency to hit $20K+ months.
Profit margins matter more than team size or client count.
Hire for leverage, not delegation.
Systems are the foundation of sustainable growth.
You can scale without burning out or becoming a manager.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/262

Want More Like This? ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO RAISE YOUR RATES WITH YOUR CURRENT CLIENTS WITHOUT LOSING THEM

Additional Resources:

Want Support to Grow Without Hiring a Bunch of People?

This is exactly what we do inside Strategist Society.

You’ll get the coaching, community, and framework to help you scale to $20K+ months—without building an agency and while keeping your time and profit intact.

Apply now at www.thestrategistsociety.com

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

What happens when your clients are no longer aligned with the business you’ve built, but you feel too guilty to let them go?

This episode of the Serve Scale Soar® podcast is your guide to navigating that uncomfortable, emotional space of outgrowing your clients (even the ones who were with you from day one). Whether you’re charging more, offering different services, or simply evolving as a business owner, there comes a point when holding onto the wrong clients is hurting you and them.

Today, I’ll walk you through how to know when it’s time to let go, how to do it with integrity, and why it’s one of the smartest leadership moves you can make.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Outgrowing clients is normal and it’s a sign of growth, not failure.
Holding onto misaligned clients out of guilt hurts both you and them.
Letting go with integrity is possible when you follow a clear process.
Audit your client roster regularly to identify who energizes you (and who doesn’t).
You don’t need to over-apologize or justify your decision to evolve.
Every time you let go of the wrong client, you make room for something better.
Leadership means honoring your growth and making bold, aligned decisions.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/261

Want More Like This? ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN MORE ABOUT HOW TO COMMUNICATE YOUR VALUE TO ATTRACT CHAMPAGNE CLIENTS

Additional Resources:

Ready to go from $0–$5K+ months without guessing? Apply now for one-on-one mentorship and a community of women doing $10K–$30K months: Apply to The Strategist Society »

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

In this episode, I break down the real reasons freelancers and service providers procrastinate and how to finally get back into action mode without shame, burnout, or hustle.

Whether you're avoiding proposals, pushing off content creation, or just staring at your to-do list wondering where to start, this episode will help you identify what’s actually holding you back, and give you a four-step plan to break the cycle today.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Use What’s Already Working: Start with your client’s organic posts—they’re mini case studies hiding in plain sight.
Don’t Stay in Your Niche: Creative breakthroughs often come from unrelated industries. Go look.
Stop From-Scratch Syndrome: Your job isn’t to be original. It’s to be strategic.
Build a Swipe System: Your future self will thank you for that Instagram Saved folder.
Analyze, Don’t Copy: Find what works and adapt the structure, not the words.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/260

Loved This Episode? Grab the Free Guide:

👉 Click here to download the Streamlined Ad Manager Guide Inside, you'll get the exact systems Brandi uses to keep client work organized, creative flow high, and procrastination low—so you can finally run your freelance business like a pro.

Want More Like This? ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN MORE ABOUT STAYING FOCUSED WITH MY PARKING LOT METHOD

Additional Resources:

Ready to go from $0–$5K+ months without guessing? Apply now for one-on-one mentorship and a community of women doing $10K–$30K months: Apply to The Strategist Society »

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

We’ve all been there, staring at a blinking cursor, out of ideas, and one bad headline away from writing, “Are you a woman over 30 who loves dogs and digital products?” Whether you're burned out from client work or just tired of trying to make “clever” ads happen, this episode is your permission slip to stop reinventing the wheel.

I’m sharing the 3 exact places I go (every time!) to find inspiration for high-converting Meta ads, and spoiler: you already have access to them. If you're stuck in a creative rut, this is how you get out without spending hours on another AI prompt spiral.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Use What’s Already Working: Start with your client’s organic posts—they’re mini case studies hiding in plain sight.
Don’t Stay in Your Niche: Creative breakthroughs often come from unrelated industries. Go look.
Stop From-Scratch Syndrome: Your job isn’t to be original. It’s to be strategic.
Build a Swipe System: Your future self will thank you for that Instagram Saved folder.
Analyze, Don’t Copy: Find what works and adapt the structure, not the words.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/259

FREE RESOURCE: Streamline Your Ad Manager Workflow

Ready to stop winging it with client work and get organized without overwhelm? 👉 Download the Streamlined Ad Manager AI Guide. Brandi shares the exact prompts, templates, and tools she uses to write ads, organize reports, and keep creative ideas flowing.

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN MORE ABOUT AI IN ADVERTISING

Additional Resources:

Ready to go from $0–$5K+ months without guessing? Apply now for one-on-one mentorship and a community of women doing $10K–$30K months: Apply to The Strategist Society »

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

After seven years of building a business from $0 to multiple seven figures, I’ve learned a lot and not just about marketing or funnels. I’ve learned what really sustains growth, what burns you out, and how to build something that actually fits your life.

In this episode, I’m sharing the seven biggest lessons I’ve learned in the last seven years, lessons about mindset, simplicity, evolution, and chasing your version of success (not someone else’s).

Whether you’re just getting started or wondering if you’re still on the right path, this episode will give you clarity, encouragement, and a few reality checks I wish I’d had earlier.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Define your version of success—or you’ll chase someone else’s and still feel empty.
Your business should evolve as you evolve. If it no longer fits, adjust it.
Simplicity scales. When in doubt, simplify.
Consistency—not luck—is what drives long-term success.
You don’t need a team of 10. You need aligned support, clear goals, and space to grow

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/258

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN THE 10 LESSONS I LEARNED SCALING TO $1 MILLION

Additional Resources:

Ready to go from $0–$5K+ months without guessing? Apply now for one-on-one mentorship and a community of women doing $10K–$30K months: Apply to The Strategist Society »

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

So Your Client Wants to Pause… Here’s What to Do How to Handle Pause Requests Without Panicking, Protect Your Income, and Keep Clients in Your Corner.

Nothing shakes a freelancer’s confidence like hearing “We need to pause.” In this episode, I walk you through exactly how to respond, no panic, just practical scripts, mindset shifts, and contract strategies. You’ll learn how to stay calm, use your contract to protect boundaries, and reframe pauses as opportunities to reflect, reset, and rise.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Stay Calm & Ask Quality Questions: Avoid worst-case assumptions—gather facts first.
Contracts Are Your Shield: Always know if you have a pause clause; if not, add one.
Cap Pause Time at 90 Days: Protect your income, pricing, and energy.
Payments Continue During Pause: Keeps cash flow predictable and prevents scramble scenarios.
Reframe Pauses as Opportunities: Use the downtime to refine, pitch, or simply recharge.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/257

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO USE 3 & 6 MONTH CONTRACTS TO RETAIN MORE CLIENTS & INCREASE YOUR REVENUE

Additional Resources:

Ready to go from $0–$5K+ months without guessing? Apply now for one-on-one mentorship and a community of women doing $10K–$30K months: Apply to The Strategist Society »

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Your first impression isn’t about how many credentials you list; it’s about making people feel seen, heard, and guided. In this episode, I break down the three biggest mistakes freelancers make that push dream clients away before you even get a chance to shine.

You’ll learn how to grab and keep your prospect’s attention, lead with unshakable confidence, and make everything about them instead of you, so you can turn every first interaction into a “yes.”

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Capture Full Attention: Require an intake form before calls and lead discovery conversations with a clear structure and thought-provoking questions.
Lead with Unwavering Confidence: Eliminate qualifiers (“I hope,” “I’m new”) and speak as if success is non-negotiable. Practice pitching in front of a mirror until your energy matches your expertise.
Make It About Them, Not You: Use “you” language, repeat their exact pain points, and paint a vivid picture of what life looks like after working with you, so they feel seen, heard, and excited.
Stories Convert: Share concise client success anecdotes in their voice to build instant trust and social proof.
First Impressions Stick: The second they feel heard, seen, and guided, you’re already halfway to “yes.”

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/256

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO MASTER YOUR DISCOVERY CALLS

Additional Resources:

Episode 251 - LEARN HOW TO COMMUNICATE YOUR VALUE TO ATTRACT CHAMPAGNE CLIENTS

Ready to go from $0–$5K+ months without guessing? Apply now for one-on-one mentorship and a community of women doing $10K–$30K months: Apply to The Strategist Society »

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Book-a-call funnels are everywhere, promising to fill your calendar with paying clients. But before you spend another dollar on ads, let’s break down what they really entail, who they work for, and when you’re better off focusing elsewhere. In this episode, I walk you through the hidden fees (both in money and time), how pricing plays a crucial role, and three alternatives to consider if you’re not quite ready for a full-on automated discovery-call machine.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Book-a-Call Funnels Require Deep Pockets & System: Unless you’re charging $3K–$5K+ per month, ad costs will eat your profits. Make sure you can onboard new clients seamlessly.
Cold Traffic = More Discovery Calls, More No-Shows, & More Time Spent: If your sales process isn’t “conversion-optimized,” you’ll end up doing more calls that don’t convert.
You Need High-Quality Assets & Pre-Selling: Testimonials, case studies, and a strong nurture sequence are non-negotiable. Without those, cold ads turn into a leak where leads slip through.
Evaluate Your Capacity Before You Scale: If you can’t handle 5–10 new clients next month without breaking your fulfillment, hold off on the funnel. Overpromising leads to underdelivering.
Three Alternatives to Generate High-Paying Clients Right Now: Paid speaking inside established communities, guest podcasting, and leveraging warm list

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/255

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN THE ONE THING YOUR DISCOVERY CALLS ARE MISSING

Additional Resources:

Episode 236 - LEARN THE 4 MARKETING MISTAKES THAT ARE COSTING YOU CLIENTS AND CASH

Ready to go from $0–$5K+ months without guessing? Apply now for one-on-one mentorship and a community of women doing $10K–$30K months: Apply to The Strategist Society »

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Freelancers and digital strategists are always looking for smarter ways to serve clients, raise their rates, and avoid burnout from endless “done-for-you” work. If you’ve ever imagined charging $5,000 (or more) for just one day of high-impact strategy, this episode could be your guide.

This week, I’m sharing how I transformed my freelance business by creating profitable VIP Days that highlight my strategic thinking—no more endless to-do lists. Just four focused hours working closely with clients and earning serious income. I’ll walk you through my “Four P” framework so you can start offering premium VIP Days of your own.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

The Four P Framework: The structuring of a successful VIP day revolves around four key Ps—Promise, Prep, Provide, and Propel.
Define a Clear Promise: The success of a VIP day starts with a clear, outcome-specific promise that the client will get by the end (e.g., a paid marketing plan ready for their next launch).
Thorough Preparation Is Critical: Ensure you and your client are both prepped before the VIP day. This includes onboarding questionnaires and clear expectations in your contract.
Set Strong Client Expectations: Clearly outline what the day will entail and what’s needed from the client. Doing this can prevent both disappointment and scope creep.
Client Interaction Is Key: Unlike some “behind the scenes” VIP days, strategist VIP days are highly interactive and collaborative with the client present the whole time.
Propel Clients to Their Next Step: At the end of the VIP day, provide a clear plan and next steps, which often leads to additional consulting or implementation work (more revenue for you).
Leverage VIP Days as an Upsell or Lead-In: Many clients will want to hire you for ongoing or done-for-you services after experiencing the value of your VIP day—making this not just a stand-alone offer but a business growth strategy.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/254

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN ABOUT VIP DAYS VS. INTENSIVES: HOW TO KNOW WHICH ONE IS RIGHT FOR YOU

Additional Resources:

Ready to start offering high-converting VIP Days in your business? Apply now HEREto join our exclusive mentorship and get access to the live workshop, templates, and tools to start selling and delivering your VIP Day with confidence!

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Running a business isn’t always smooth sailing—setbacks happen, and they can hit hard. Yet the stories we’re often told—about the “hockey stick” growth, seamless comebacks, and bounce backs that look easy—are lies that society tells us. This week, I’m laying bare the realities behind my two-year journey from major business and life changes to a place of greater alignment and purpose.

Whether you’re facing a dip in business, struggling with life transitions, or just wondering if it’s possible to truly “have it all,” my experience offers not only support for others going through similar things but also a blueprint for rebuilding on your own terms.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Setbacks are not the end: I share about experiencing a 50% revenue drop after having my second child, and how this did not signal failure but a chance to bounce back and realign my business and life.
Structure your business around your life, not the other way around: I emphasize building a business that supports the kind of life you want to live, including time for family, personal health, and joy.
Hard choices lead to better alignment: Making tough decisions, like shutting down my original membership program despite its community and revenue, allowed me to align my business with my values and reduce burnout.
Invest in yourself, even when it’s scary. Remember to embrace financial challenges and view them as growth opportunities.
Support and community matter a lot: Being surrounded by people who are doing big things inspires and helps you get through challenging times.
Small, boring actions beat flashy moves: There is no overnight success. The unsexy, repetitive actions create sustainable results.
You can have both a thriving business and a fulfilling family life: My journey is proof that with clarity, boundaries, and aligned business models, you can be both an engaged parent and a successful entrepreneur.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/253

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW YOU CAN ENJOY SUMMER WITHOUT SACRIFICING YOUR BUSINESS GOALS WITH NICOLE CULVER

Additional Resources:

🎉 Are you ready to hit 100K with just 5 clients a month? Register for my free training that breaks down the 3 key elements of building a profitable freelance Meta Ad Management business — no experience needed. You’ll walk away with real strategies to attract high-paying clients, price your services with confidence, and build a business that gives you more freedom and income.
👉 Grab your seat now - CLICK HERE

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Running a business today can feel like you’re trying to keep up with a hundred things at once—files are everywhere, your internet browser is packed with tabs, and your to-do list keeps growing. It’s easy to feel overwhelmed and disorganized. That’s where Shawn Lemon comes in. He’s the founder of The Digital Organizer, and he’s here to share his simple system—the four pillars of organization—to help you clean up the chaos and run your business more smoothly.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

The importance of communication, asset management, project/task management, and password organization and why they are essential components of business and life organization.
Project vs. Task Management: Many people confuse projects with tasks. A project encompasses multiple tasks that need to be broken down to avoid overwhelm and to ensure completion.
The importance of focusing on one key task per day (or up to three) to avoid distraction and ensure progress, especially important for those with ADHD.
Keep email for communication, tasks in a project manager, and files in their designated storage system to prevent chaos.
Use simple but effective systems to manage both life and business tasks. Consistency and routine can significantly help in staying organized.
Using overly robust systems (like ClickUp) can lead to procrastination due to their complexity. Choose simpler tools like Asana to stay focused.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/252

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN THE BEST TOOLS FOR SIMPLIFYING YOUR BUSINESS

Additional Resources:

Shawn is the founder of The Digital Organizer and has spent the last 17 years helping individuals and businesses get better at using their technology. A teacher at heart, Shawn believes the biggest reason people struggle with their tech is because of a lack of understanding of the tools, which isn't surprising because they're constantly changing as technology advances. When not helping businesses operate more efficiently, Shawn loves making pottery, riding motorcycles, and spending time with his wife, Madeline and their 2 year old son, Nico.

Where to find Shawn:

Shawn’s Website: HERE

Facebook: HERE

Instagram: HERE

LinkedIn: HERE

YouTube: HERE

Grab Shawn’s Freebie - HERE

🎉 Are you ready to hit 100K with just 5 clients a month? Register for my free training that breaks down the 3 key elements of building a profitable freelance Meta Ad Management business — no experience needed. You’ll walk away with real strategies to attract high-paying clients, price your services with confidence, and build a business that gives you more freedom and income.
👉 Grab your seat now - CLICK HERE

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Good communication is the key to any successful business. But let’s be honest—it can feel really hard to figure out what to say to attract the right clients. This week, I’m sharing how to create a clear message that connects with the kind of clients you really want to work with. I call them “champagne clients”—they’re the ones who truly value what you offer and help your business grow, without needing you to post nonstop, cut your prices, or completely change your brand.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Be clear in your messaging, so people understand what you do and how valuable it is to work with you. If your message isn't clear, you're unlikely to attract the right clients.
Understand your audience - knowing the specific details about who you help allows you to craft a message that truly resonates with the right people.
Instead of focusing on tasks, your messaging should communicate the transformation you provide. Clients are more interested in outcomes than processes.
Developing and naming a unique method or approach will enhance how you communicate your value and can set you apart in the market.
Once your message is clear, it should be consistently communicated across all platforms and interactions, becoming a guiding principle for content creation and client engagement.
Avoid being vague, listing tactics instead of transformations, trying to appeal to everyone, and underselling your strategic abilities.
Use my three-part formula for compelling messaging: identify who you help, what you help them achieve, and how you do it.
Mastering your messaging can serve as an advanced strategy to attract higher-level clients without significantly restructuring your entire business.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/251

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN THE ONE THING YOUR DISCOVERY CALLS ARE MISSING (THAT'S COSTING YOU CLIENTS)

Additional Resources:

🎉 Ready to hit 100K with just 5 clients a month? Join me on April 23 at 12pm ET / 9am PT for a free live training that breaks down the 3 key elements of building a profitable freelance Meta Ad Management business — no experience needed. You’ll walk away with real strategies to attract high-paying clients, price your services with confidence, and build a business that gives you more freedom and income.
👉 Grab your seat now - CLICK HERE

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

When it comes to sales, conversion rates, and how long it takes to turn prospects into paying clients, it can make a big difference in your business. Many freelancers and business owners struggle with potential clients getting stuck in indecision. If that sounds familiar, you’re not alone! This week, I’m sharing a simple yet powerful strategy that completely changed my sales calls and boosted my client conversion rate. I truly believe this small tweak to your discovery calls can make a big impact for you too!

Topics Covered In This Episode:

If a client needs time to think after a discovery call, schedule a follow-up call within the next two days to maintain momentum
The follow-up call strategy can drastically improve your close rate and reduce the time between initial contact and signing the contract.
This method weeds out those who aren't immediately serious about your service, allowing you to focus on potential clients who have more urgency and also positions you as an expert with a professional process, showcasing confidence in your service offerings.
Keeping a structured approach reduces the feeling of being salesy, as it's more about assisting in the decision-making process. Don’t forget to reiterate the client's goals to remind them of the reasons they wanted to work with you.
By organizing follow-up calls rather than relying on emails, you're likely to get a quicker response, as emails tend to be neglected. It can help cut down instances of ghosting and give you more confidence during sales calls!
The final step of getting a contract signed and an invoice paid during the follow-up call ensures there’s no lingering wait, which helps secure the client's commitment.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/250

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO HOW TO HAVE A 15 MINUTE DISCOVERY CALL THAT CONVERTS LIKE CRAZY

Additional Resources:

Are you ready to dig deeper into ways to optimize your sales calls and land higher-paying clients? CLICK HERE to apply to The Strategist Society today to see if you are the right fit and get one-on-one support, community access, and learn to scale your business.

Ready to land more clients in less time? Unlock my FREE 10 STEPS TO A SUCCESSFUL DISCOVERY CALL GUIDE that can help you land more clients on discovery calls in less time >> DOWNLOAD IT HERE

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

The world of online courses is bigger than ever, and it’s easy to feel overwhelmed when trying to pick the right one. Many people have spent tons of money on courses that didn’t live up to the hype, making them extra careful about what they buy next. Today, we’ll go over how to find the best programs for you so you can feel confident about where you’re spending your time and money and ensure they align with your specific goals.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Set Proper Expectations: Define what you expect from a course, and consider if your goals align with what the course offers at your current business stage.
Use a 5-Point Checklist: This helps you assess whether a course is right for you, based on factors like free content, low-ticket products, testimonials, creator experience, and available support.
Valuable Free Content as an Indicator: The quality of free content can reflect the quality of paid content. Look for creators offering substantial value rather than just fluff.
Importance of Low-Ticket Products: Testing a creator's style through low-cost products gives insight into their teaching effectiveness.
Assessing Testimonials and Success Stories: Check for recent and varied success stories that align with the outcomes you're seeking.
Evaluate the Creator's Experience and Testimonials: Learn from individuals actively practicing what they teach and who are immersed in current industry practices. Determine what type of support the course offers and whether it suits your personal learning needs.
Learning from Disappointing Investments: If you've made a poor investment, don't be too hard on yourself. Try to salvage valuable takeaways and use them as learning experiences for future investments.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/249

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN 5 THINGS I DIDN'T DO AS A FREELANCER TO HIT $250K PER YEAR

Additional Resources:

Are you ready to have a 100K Year with only 5 clients per month?! Check out my brand new on-demand training >> CLICK HERE TO WATCH NOW

Are you looking to find, pitch, and land high-paying clients?CLICK HEREfor Booked & Banked, my step-by-step process to stand out in your marketing and find your next consistent client for only $37!

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

As a service-based business owner, setting the right price for your expertise might seem like an impossible task. While many freelancers might undervalue their services, it's important to periodically assess and adjust pricing to align with your growing expertise and business goals. Let’s explore how you can strategically raise your rates with existing clients without losing them, ensuring that your business not only survives but thrives.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Raising rates can align your pricing with the value and results you deliver to your clients, particularly in ad management where value is easily quantifiable.
Evaluating your existing client contracts is crucial before raising rates, focusing on how long they have been with you and the results they’ve achieved.
Approaching price increases should involve a structured communication plan, possibly including a good, better, best pricing approach.
Price increases should be viewed as a benefit to both the freelancer and the client, allowing for more focused service with fewer clients.
Price anchoring is an effective strategy in communicating new rates, helping clients perceive the value difference.
Facing pushback from clients requires standing firm on your value and being prepared with alternative options or downsells.
Raising rates can prevent burnout for freelancers, aligning your client workload with your financial and business goals.
Incremental rate increases or new contracts with existing clients are ways to achieve better financial stability without completely disrupting your current client relationships.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/248

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO PRICE YOUR AD MANAGEMENT SERVICES

Additional Resources:

Are you ready to step into your Strategist Era?! Apply to our Strategist Society HERE, where you can have more personalized plans, one-on-one support in raising your rate with your current clients, and a close community of other business owners.

DM me on Instagram @brandimowles and tell me how raising your rates is going OR tell me what’s holding you back!

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

As an online business owner, keeping up with the latest changes and updates is essential to staying ahead. For certified ad managers and those working toward certification, maintaining sharp skills and up-to-date knowledge is crucial. Recently, the ad management landscape has evolved, particularly within Meta. In this post, we’ll break down the latest updates—focusing on core setup and blocked events—and offer actionable insights for ad managers working with clients in health, religion, and finance.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Meta's ad management has rapidly evolved in the past two months, specifically affecting health, religion, and finance accounts.
Core setup issues occur at a domain level, impacting URL tracking and potentially blocking domain data from being sent.
If your domain or client's domain is affected, core setups may restrict tracking parameters beyond standard URLs.
New rules have made standard events blocked, hindering the tracking of conversions like leads and purchases, but custom events may serve as a workaround.
Ad managers should observe new policies' developments, stay informed, and adjust their strategies accordingly.
It's essential not to overreact to changes, as past experience with iOS 14 taught that workarounds always emerge.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/247

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO PLAN FORF THE EXPECTED IN YOUR BUSINESS AND LIFE (PART 1)

Additional Resources:

Are you looking to find, pitch, and land high-paying clients? CLICK HERE for Booked & Banked, my step-by-step process to stand out in your marketing and find your next consistent client.

Episode 210: Ad Manager to Growth Consultant: Mapping Your Meta Ad Career Path

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

In a world where digital interactions and social media are here to stay, social selling has come out as a key strategy for building lasting client relationships. Instagram, previously known solely as a visual platform, has now transformed into a focal point for meaningful business connections. The skill of starting conversations in direct messages (DMs) can result in booked calls and business growth. Let's dive into the steps to mastering social selling on Instagram.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

How to use DMs to build relationships and schedule more discovery calls without being spammy.
The importance of a pre DM strategy, including identifying the type of clients you want to work with and ensuring they are present on Instagram.
Why you should create a list of 100 potential clients to engage with, and make sure you are using hashtags and keywords to identify these accounts.
Optimize your Instagram profile, including bio and content, to address the pain points and desires of your target audience.
Interact with your identified potential clients’ content genuinely before initiating a DM conversation and then use questions over statements in DMs to foster genuine conversation and not come off as spammy.
Why posting consistently on Instagram can transform passive marketing to active relationship building.
Follow-up is so important in turning initial conversations into scheduled calls, and why manual scheduling over using schedulers.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/246

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO FIND HIGH-PAYING CLIENTS IN YOUR OWN BACKYARD

Additional Resources:

Are you looking to find, pitch, and land high-paying clients? CLICK HERE for Booked & Banked, my step-by-step process to stand out in your marketing and find your next consistent client.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Finding high-paying clients might not require you to venture far beyond your doorstep. Local businesses are often overlooked but have a lot of potential that could benefit your service-based business. Today we are deep diving into how you can leverage the local advantage to grow your clientele while also improving your own community.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Leveraging local businesses to find high-paying clients in your area can be a great option since there are businesses everywhere regardless of your town’s size!
Niching down doesn't always mean local; it can be location-dependent, like HVAC companies, restaurants, etc.
Making a comprehensive list of local businesses is crucial; start with those you frequent and notice within your community.
Consider the "four B's" (buses, benches, brochures, billboards) to identify businesses actively marketing themselves.
Various methods can be used to connect with local businesses: cold calling, cold emails, in-person networking, and asking for referrals.
Local networking groups provide opportunities to build trust more quickly with potential clients.
Facebook groups specific to your area can be gold mines for identifying local business opportunities.
Local clients often establish longer relationships with service providers compared to online businesses, providing more stability.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/245

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN ALL ABOUT THE MARKETING MINUTE TRUST LADDER

Additional Resources:

Are you looking to find, pitch, and land high-paying clients? CLICK HERE for Booked & Banked, my step-by-step process to stand out in your marketing and find your next consistent client.

Episode 44: Using Local Workshops to Get More Clients with Shannon McKinstrie - LISTEN HERE

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

In the journey of building a successful service-based business, this thought holds true regardless of where you are in your business: consistency is key. Whether you're a seasoned freelancer or just starting out, maintaining momentum with intentional marketing efforts is essential for attracting valuable clients. Enter the concept of the Marketing Minute Trust Ladder, a fundamental tool that helps to guide your efforts and keep you persistent through the highs and lows of business growth.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Consistency and momentum are key to achieving results in marketing efforts.
Different levels of the trust ladder determine the number of touchpoints required for landing clients.
Cold calling and cold emailing are at the lowest trust level, requiring larger numbers for potential results.
Cold messaging on social media provides slightly more trust, with the need for fewer contacts than cold calling/emails.
Responding to job opportunities in Facebook Groups has a higher trust level due to community connections.
Live events and networking offer face-to-face interaction, building significant trust and client acquisition potential.
Referrals and upgrading current clients represent the highest trust level, leading to the easiest sales.
Identifying your most effective marketing methods and sticking to the trust ladder can guide you on the amount of time needed for outreach.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/244

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN ABOUT THE ART OF COLD CALLING: STRATEGIES THAT WORK WITH ASHLEY MONK

Additional Resources:

Ready to learn the step-by-step process on how to start your business including how to land your first client?! REGISTER HERE for my free training so you can find a way to work from home.

Are you looking to find, pitch, and land high-paying clients? CLICK HERE for Booked & Banked, my step-by-step process to stand out in your marketing and find your next consistent client.

Check out some of our previous episodes to get started on landing consistent clients below!

The 4 Marketing Mistakes That Are Costing You Clients and Cash - LISTEN HERE

Fast-Track Your Clients: How To Get Quick Decisions Without High Pressure - LISTEN HERE

Standing Out in a Crowded Market: 5 Pitching Strategies to Land Your Dream Clients - LISTEN HERE

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

In today's busy world, freelance ad management has emerged as a successful and powerful career path. While others can excel in this field, moms, in particular, possess a unique set of qualities that make them exceptional ad managers. Today, we are breaking down the reasons why moms are perfectly positioned to thrive in this niche. Specifically, we'll explore these qualities and why moms make great freelance ad managers.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Moms are multitasking masters, natural problem solvers, and excellent communicators - all important skills for the role of ad manager
Moms are detail-oriented when it matters, which is important for managing and optimizing ad data.
Adaptability and resilience are traits that help moms navigate changing ad platform strategies.
Moms are empathetic and client-focused, which helps with strengthening relationships and building trust with clients.
Budget and resource management skills are essential for maximizing ad spend and stretching resources effectively.
Moms excel in both managing time effectively and creating goals, making them capable of running ad campaigns efficiently.
How the desire for freedom and flexibility aligns with the potential career benefits of working as a freelance ad manager and creates a strong work and family life balance.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/243

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO TAKE A LOOK BEHIND THE SCENES AT WHAT AD MANAGERS REALLY DO

Additional Resources:

Ready to learn the step-by-step process on how to start your business including how to land your first client?! REGISTER HERE for my free training so you can find a way to work from home.

Episode with Taylor Infantino: HERE

Episode with Jamie Sampany-Kessie: HERE

Episode with Lindsay Wood: HERE

Episode with Rachel Greeno: HERE

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

In the rapidly changing world of artificial intelligence (AI), freelancing and ad managers are heading in the direction of change. This week, we are discussing the many elements of AI, and how to understand the balance between embracing technological advancements and preserving the human elements in creative work. Let’s dive into how freelancers can effectively incorporate AI into their workflows to better their business.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

AI should be used to enhance, not replace, human work, particularly in creative and strategic roles where human intuition and expertise are invaluable.
Verification and cross-checking of AI-generated information are crucial to maintaining accuracy and reliability, just as one would do with news or social media content.
Freelancers and ad managers should embrace AI for productivity and growth, enhancing their skills and adopting roles such as strategists to remain competitive.
The ethical use of AI in content creation and ownership is essential, with an emphasis on maintaining transparency and avoiding overreliance on AI for generating original content.
While automation may replace certain jobs, upskilling and mastering communication can secure roles requiring human input and creativity.
AI is useful in audience mining and identifying sales patterns, assisting marketers in refining target audiences and adapting strategies effectively.
Despite AI's potential to enhance workflows, maintaining a human touch and ensuring originality remain fundamental to attracting and retaining audiences and clients.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/242

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN ABOUT THE 3 SERVICES THAT WILL PAY BIG IN 2025

Additional Resources:

Are you ready to ditch the 9-5 and create a business where you can work from home offering a premium signature service that AI can’t replace?? CLICK HERE to learn how.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

This year freelancers and service providers will see changes in their businesses. Some services will see huge growth and become great ways to earn more money, while others may slow down because of new technology and changing market needs. Today, we’ll look at which services are expected to be the most profitable and which might see a drop, so you can plan and prepare for what’s ahead.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Video content creation and strategy is most likely going to be in high demand due to the popularity of short-form video across platforms like Reels and YouTube Shorts.
Funnel strategy and optimization is very important because it's an area where AI cannot fully replace human insight and creativity.
Social media advertising, particularly on platforms like Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, and TikTok, is expected to be one of the highest-paying services as organic growth becomes more challenging.
General virtual assistant (VA) services are projected to decline, as AI tools and global hiring for lower rates replace repetitive tasks VAs typically perform.
Podcast production services are expected to see a decline due to advancements in AI and simplified processes with tools like Descript.
Copywriting services may face challenges as clients increasingly use AI for basic copy needs and shift focus to optimization and strategy.
The importance of including strategy and optimization within your services to maintain value and demand in the future market.
Adding services like video content creation and strategy, funnel strategy and optimization, or social media advertising as add-ons can enhance a freelancer's or service provider's offerings.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/241

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO STRATEGICALLY USE VIDEO TO LAND MORE CLIENTS AND SCALE YOUR BUSINESS

Additional Resources:

Are you ready to add social media advertising to your list of services you can offer? Get my free training HERE to see how you can step into the role of social media advertising and hit your goals for 2025!

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

In the whirlwind excitement of New Year's Eve, it's common to jot down ambitious goals, fueled by the promise of a fresh start. Yet, by February, many find themselves discouraged, feeling like the clock is already ticking against them. This week, we dive into this all-too-familiar pattern and discuss the importance of focusing on realistic goal-setting that keeps you motivated throughout the year. Here's how you can make 2025 your most fulfilling year yet by tweaking the way you think about goals.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Maintaining excitement about goals throughout the year is crucial to keep making progress and not get disheartened when off-target.
Treating your goals with the same commitment you would have for helping a child succeed in school can prevent early abandonment.
Big yearly goals should act as a "north star" for decision-making, but the primary focus should be on smaller, actionable 90-day goals.
Business growth is not linear; it often involves peaks and troughs, just like academic progress isn't always consistent.
Rather than focusing on monthly revenue targets, focus on actionable tasks like discovery calls or outreach activities.
Understanding your key metrics and conversion rates will help set realistic monthly targets and increase the predictability of income.
Monitoring progress with quarterly reviews can help identify gaps and prompt creative problem-solving.
Enlisting help from coaches or utilizing different strategies can help achieve educational and professional goals more effectively, like the Strategist Society.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/240

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN ABOUT RAISING YOUR PRICES FOR MASSIVE GROWTH

Additional Resources:

Are you looking for 1:1 support to hit your 2025 goals? CLICK HERE to apply for the Strategist Society, where we can create a custom 90-day plan for your business growth.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

With Thanksgiving right around the corner, we enter the typical time to be thankful, sharing food and cherished moments with loved ones. However, a powerful tool for business success remains often overlooked—gratitude. This week, let’s explore the depths of gratitude, not just as a seasonal ritual, but as a foundational business strategy and lifestyle choice. Below, we dive into how to integrate gratitude into our daily practices, and the significant ripple effects it can create both in business and personal life.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Practicing gratitude can be a powerful business strategy that can improve effectiveness, client relationships, and decision-making.
A 5-minute daily gratitude practice can significantly enhance health and overall well-being, making it more impactful than other daily routines like exercise or marketing efforts.
How tools like a celebration journal to note business wins and things you’re grateful for, can highlight the importance of acknowledging small achievements.
Gratitude can decrease stress and improve mental health, leading to better sleep, reduced depression, and improved cardiovascular health.
Expressing gratitude can enhance your personal and business life by fostering happiness and improving relationships.
Implementing gratitude within business can involve simple actions like sending thank you cards to clients and friends to promote positivity.
Despite challenges, maintaining a gratitude mindset is crucial for handling business challenges and can also help with personal growth and resilience.
The importance of demonstrating gratitude for the opportunities and choices created by my freelancing journey and business choices.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/239

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO CREATE THE LIFE YOU WANT - THE STORY BEHIND OUR BIG MOVE AND NEW BEGINNINGS

Additional Resources:

Grab my FREE webinar to learn how to have a 100K year with only 5 clients per month, regardless of ad management experience by mastering the 3 elements for a successful freelance meta ad management business - CLICK HERE

The Five Minute Journal: Original Daily Gratitude Journal (not affiliated) - CLICK HERE

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Intelligent Change: The Five Minute Journal - Original Daily Gratitude Journal for Happiness, Mindfulness, and Reflection - Daily Affirmations with Simple Guided Format - Undated Life Planner

This week, we sat down with Taylor Infantino, a driven entrepreneur who successfully transitioned from a director-level corporate role to managing her own business, all while balancing the responsibilities of a full-time job and raising three children. Based just outside Toronto in Guelph, Canada, Taylor’s journey is a reflection of her dedication and strategic thinking, making $4,500 within just 60 days of launching her side hustle.

Taylor has a background in ad strategy and management, and took a leap in a new journey by enrolling in Conversions for Clients, our step-by-step program that not only shows you exactly how to create high-converting Facebook and Instagram ads but also how to create a wow-worthy experience for clients. She found value in the program due to its detailed resources, including bonuses, templates, and ongoing updates that help ad managers at all points of their journey.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Why starting with client acquisition using direct outreach and networking, particularly through Facebook groups, is important as an initial focus for scaling a business.
The importance of overcoming personal self-doubt and how persistence is a key element for success.
How to use effective and simple marketing, like Facebook groups, where freelancers see success consistently when used strategically.
Managing a full-time job, parenting, and starting a business is feasible with structured daily activities and effective time management.
The significance of community support and having a focused strategy is reinforced as central to Taylor's success.
Embracing failure as a necessary step towards growth is a critical mindset shift that supports long-term goals.
Dedicating regular time each day to marketing activities ensures a steady client pipeline and supports sustainable business growth.
Being dedicated to continuing to learn and proactively joining programs to strengthen your business.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/238

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW MAGGIE, A BRAND STRATEGIST, WENT FROM $3,000 TO $7,300 A MONTH IN LESS THAN 30 DAYS BY ELIMINATING THE NOISE

From Laid Off to 5-Figure Months as an OBM with Corinne Blagg - LISTEN HERE

Turning Messy Action into Success: How Jamie Launched a Thriving Ad Management Business - LISTEN HERE

Additional Resources:

Need help landing your first or next client? CLICK HEREfor my step-by-step process to stand out in your marketing and find your next high-paying client for only $37.

Are you looking to make more while working less? Register for my free webinar to learn how to have a 100K year with only 5 clients per month, regardless of ad management experience. - CLICK HERE

Conversions for Clients - CLICK HERE

Follow Taylor on Instagram -CLICK HERE

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook:

Navigating the balance of managing a full-time job while building a successful freelancing business can seem like an impossible task. If that resonates with you, it’s important to remember that managing your time strategically is key. Today, we’ll explore eight tips to streamline your journey toward a thriving side hustle or full-time business, all while keeping your priorities aligned and achieving a balanced lifestyle.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Set clear, realistic expectations for your goals, taking into account your available time and energy.
Prioritize active marketing to consistently attract new clients to sustain and grow your business.
Strengthen time management skills through batching tasks to minimize context switching and increase productivity and incorporate visual timers to be efficient.
Automate your onboarding process to save time and streamline client management.
Implement a project management system to keep track of tasks and responsibilities efficiently.
Prioritize self-care to maintain energy and productivity over the long term.
Conduct regular time audits to identify where time is being spent and find opportunities for improvement.
Focus on offering premium-priced services to make the most of the time you have and reduce the number of clients needed to meet financial goals. One option is ad management!

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/237

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN ABOUT PASSIVE VS. ACTIVE MARKETING: HOW & WHERE TO MARKET YOUR SERVICES TO LAND A NEW CLIENT IN 30 DAYS

Additional Resources:

Are you looking to make more while working less? Register for my free webinar HERE to learn how to have a 100K year with only 5 clients per month, regardless of ad management experience.

A Look Inside My Calendar: A Behind-the-Scenes Look at My Weekly Workflow - CLICK HERE

The Project Management Pivot: Why We Moved Away From ClickUp - CLICK HERE

HoneyBook in a Hurry -CLICK HERE

Wow Factor Onboarding Workshop - CLICK HERE

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Are you feeling like you're stuck on a marketing treadmill, exerting effort but seemingly going nowhere? Whether you're a seasoned freelancer or just getting started in the freelance world, understanding the mistakes in your marketing strategy is crucial to landing more clients. This week, we are unpacking the most common mistakes freelancers often make, and providing actionable steps to help you land more clients with ease.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Acknowledge and identify the marketing mistakes preventing you from landing clients and generating cash.
Ensure you're marketing on the right platform where your ideal clients are active, rather than where you personally prefer to hang out.
Keep track of your outreach numbers as they help take the emotion out of business and show you if your marketing efforts are sufficient.
Active vs. Passive Marketing: Focus 80% of your marketing efforts on active marketing – direct outreach and engagement, rather than passive marketing like posting content and waiting for responses.
Find ways to stand out in the crowded market by being proactive and adding value, such as using video introductions in response to job opportunities.
Use strategies like risk reversal to make yourself more appealing and to differentiate in a saturated market.
Continue to fix identified mistakes to improve your marketing effectiveness, which will help you serve your clients better and ultimately allow business to thrive.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/236

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN MORE ABOUT THE POWER OF NICHING DOWN: FROM GENERALIST TO SPECIALIST

Additional Resources:

Are you looking to find, pitch, and land high-paying clients? CLICK HEREfor my step-by-step process to stand out in your marketing and find your next consistent client.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Running a thriving $1,000,000-a-year business in less than 20 hours a week might seem like an impossible challenge. Throw in homeschooling two children and you have a modern conundrum most would shy away from. Yet, I find myself juggling these diverse roles daily. This week, we are discussing the strategies I use in my business to maintain an effective and intentional schedule that prioritizes time over money.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

The value of time over money and the importance of being intentional with how time is spent.
My current schedule accommodates my roles as a homeschooling mom and business owner, highlighting the need for schedule adaptability as life changes.
Mastering your calendar can lead to more freedom, flexibility, and less stress, and requires learning to say "no" to unnecessary commitments.
Why I don’t use time blocking in my schedule, but I encourage batching days and finding a "magic time" for peak productivity, which for me is between 9:30 AM and 12 PM.
The importance of being clear on goals and priorities helps manage schedule commitments effectively.
Establishing systems, like creating social media content, can streamline processes and free up time.
Join support through our programs, such as "Conversions for Clients" and "Strategist Society," to help optimize your schedule and gain more time for personal time.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/235

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN MORE ABOUT MANAGING TIME: CONTEXT SWITCHING AND PRODUCTIVITY

CLICK HERE FOR A BEHIND THE SCENES OF MY WORK WEEK: FINDING THE RIGHT SCHEDULE FOR YOU

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO CREATE 52 WEEKS OF CONTENT IN LESS THAN 90 MINUTES

Additional Resources:

Have you ever considered running Facebook and Instagram ads as a service? Or do you already, but want to land more high-quality clients? If the answer is, "Yes, that’s me," then make sure you register for my free LIVE bootcamp that is happening now >> CLICK HERE!

Looking for direct support on optimizing your schedule and other helpful strategies to implement in your ad management business? CLICK HERE to join other entrepreneurs and learn more about Conversions for Clients.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

In the world of freelance service providers, it's a common scenario: you have a fantastic discovery call with a potential client, only to hear them say, "I need to think about it." Not knowing how to get people to make decisions quickly, without high-pressure tactics, can be a challenge. Today we explore a method that ensures timely decisions and higher conversion rates, all while preserving the client’s comfort.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Decision Fatigue: Understand that decision fatigue is real and affects your clients, making it harder for them to make quick decisions.
Fast Action Bonus: Implement a 48 to 72-hour signing bonus to motivate clients to make quicker decisions without feeling pressured.
Proposal Deadlines: Always include a deadline (e.g., 7 days) on your proposals to create a sense of urgency, but also protect your pricing.
Sales Mindset: Utilize a sales mindset to help clients make quicker decisions by providing incentives like fast action bonuses.
Follow-Up Strategy: Use the fast action bonus as a reason to follow up with potential clients, making follow-up feel natural rather than bothersome.
Simplicity in Bonuses: Offer bonuses that are easy to implement and don't add extra work for you (e.g., ad audits or graphic templates you already use).
Client Interaction: Offer the fast action bonus only to clients who say they need more time, ensuring it’s an extra incentive rather than a default offering.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/234

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN CRYSTAL’S JOURNEY TO FINDING AND LANDING HER DREAM CLIENTS

Additional Resources:

Are you looking to make more while working less? Register for my free webinar to learn how to have a 100K year with only 5 clients per month - CLICK HERE!

Ready to use this strategy and see an increase in your conversions? DM me on Instagram @brandimowles to tell me your fast-action bonus in your business!

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

This week, we deep dive into Crystal’s story, a dynamic entrepreneur who is a great example of how the power of self-belief and persistence can affect your business. Crystal and I highlight the highs and lows of entrepreneurial life, and the importance of betting on yourself. Here, we discuss key learnings and insights that can propel any aspiring business owner towards success.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Business Reinvention: Crystal's strategy of reinvesting her earnings back into her business initially, believing in long-term growth over short-term gains.
Betting on Yourself: Both Crystal and I highlight the importance of self-belief and trusting gut feelings in making business decisions.
Strategic Patience and Pricing: Understanding the strategic value of fast action bonuses and proactive communication rather than hastily lowering prices.
Handling Challenges: Crystal shares her journey overcoming financial uncertainties and balancing personal milestones with professional growth.
Specialization and Niche Focus: The significance Crystal found in specializing in ads management over general virtual assistant tasks for escaping the overwhelm and achieving business focus.
Community and Support: The vital role of community, mentorship, and continuous learning in Crystal’s business success and overcoming imposter syndrome.
Mindset and Persistence: The critical role of mindset shifts, persistence, and continuously betting on oneself to overcome challenges and achieve success.
Creative Marketing Tactics: Crystal highlights the success of employing new marketing strategies and methods to attract aligned clients after pivotal business decisions.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/233

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO STAND OUT IN A CROWDED MARKET: 5 PITCHING STRATEGIES TO LAND YOUR DREAM CLIENT

Additional Resources:

Have you ever considered running Facebook and Instagram ads as a service? Or do you already, but want to land more high-quality clients? If the answer is, "Yes, that’s me," then make sure you register now for my free LIVE bootcamp >> CLICK HERE!

Crystal's Information:

Website - CLICK HERE

Instagram - CLICK HERE

LinkedIn - CLICK HERE

Link to Crystals Freebie --> HERE

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

This week, we had the privilege of hearing from Lindsay, a determined and inspiring ad manager who rapidly scaled her business from no clients for an entire year to a booming client load in just 30 days. Her journey is a testament to patience, perseverance, and strategic growth. Here's a look at Lindsay's approach to balancing family life with business, her summer strategy, and the valuable lessons she learned along the way.

Topics Covered In This Episode:1. Overcoming Fear: Lindsay emphasizes the importance of overcoming initial fears and taking action to achieve business success.

Flexibility in Business: Both myself and Lindsay highlight the importance of customizing your business to fit your personal and family needs, emphasizing work-life balance.
Value of Community Support: Being part of the Strategist Society provided Lindsay with valuable mentorship, support, and quick communication, contributing significantly to her success.
Initial Struggles Are Normal: It's common to face challenges initially, as Lindsay did, but persistence can lead to significant improvements over time.
Client Acquisition Through Personal Connections: Lindsay landed her first client through a family friend, demonstrating the importance of leveraging existing relationships.
Mindset Shifts: It’s crucial to acknowledge success often comes from a shift in mindset, seeing opportunities where others may see limitations.
Effective Time Management: Lindsay uses timers and automation to manage her tasks efficiently, ensuring productivity without overextending work hours.
Perseverance and Investment: Investing in the right programs (like Conversions for Clients and Strategist Society) and persevering through challenges are crucial for achieving business goals and growth.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/232

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO CHOOSE THE RIGHT AD CLIENTS FOR YOU: BRICK AND MORTAR VS. ONLINE ENTREPRENEURS

Additional Resources:

Are you ready to start and grow an ad management business without burnout or overwhelm? Check out my new on-demand training here >> CLICK HERE TO WATCH NOW

Looking for a mentorship to excel your business to the next level? DM me “STRATEGIST” on Instagram @brandimowles

Lindsay’s Information:

Website - CLICK HERE

Facebook - CLICK HERE

Instagram - CLICK HERE

LinkedIn - CLICK HERE

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

In a world where starting a business as an ad manager can seem daunting, especially if you lack experience in marketing, it's important to hear success stories from people who have taken messy action and turned it into a thriving business. Jamie Sampany-Kessie's journey serves as a testament to how determination, hard work, and strategic decision-making can pave the way to success. This week, let’s break down Jamie’s journey as a business owner and discuss her experience. It’s our hope to guide other aspiring ad managers and entrepreneurs on their own path to success and do the dang thing.

Topics Covered In This Episode:1. Regardless of having no prior experience in marketing or running ads, Jamie started her ad management business and learned along the way.

Jamie leveraged her previous experience as a stay-at-home mom, recognizing the skills she developed as a project manager in her household and how they align with her business.
The need for service-based businesses to charge what they're worth, leveraging their expertise and the value they provide to their clients.
How Jamie started charging $1,000 per month from her first client and confidently increased her rates to $1,500 and then $1,500 for her subsequent clients - showing the importance of raising prices as business and expertise develop.
The support and resources from the Conversions for Clients program and the community played a significant role in Jamie's ability to take action and succeed in her business.
The importance of a mindset shift needed for stay-at-home parents to recognize their project management skills and apply them to starting and growing a business.
Jamie showcased the power of referrals, landing her second client through a recommendation and successfully charging a higher rate due to the immediate need and value she provided.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/231

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO RAISE YOUR PRICES FOR MASSIVE GROWTH

Additional Resources:

Are you looking for a mentor program to help navigate your ad management business and gain support like Jamie? Turn messy action into success and join Conversions for Clients HERE.

Follow Jamie on Instagram - CLICK HERE

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Finding and approaching potential clients can be daunting. The fear of rejection often paralyzes entrepreneurs, preventing them from taking the necessary steps to grow their client base. This week, we break down proven strategies for finding clients. From methods like personalized outreach to the power of rejection, this episode will give freelancers actionable insights to land their first or next client.

Topics Covered In This Episode:1. Local or online, success requires going where potential clients are and having conversations.

Start with broad niches when finding clients, then narrow down as you get to know what works best for you.
Personalize outreach without coming across as too aggressive or pushy—maintain a friendly, conversational tone.
Research for leads needs to be practical, focused, and time-limited to avoid getting stuck in details.
Reaching success in business requires staying determined in discomfort and taking consistent action, regardless of rejection.
Cold emails and cold outreach require a numbers game—focus on volume along with personalization.
Overcoming the fear of rejection and adopting a proactive mindset is essential for finding and landing clients.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/230

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO EXPLORE THE ART OF COLD CALLING: STRATEGIES THAT WORK WITH ASHLEY MONK

Additional Resources:

Are you looking for an in-depth guide on how to land clients? Join our boot camp where we deep dive into key strategies to help you land your first or next client - CLICK HERE TO REGISTER

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

This week, we are deep diving into "The $250K Roadmap," where I’m sharing insights for 1-on-1 service providers aiming to achieve rapid growth. Drawing from my personal experience of starting over, filing for bankruptcy, and reaching $250k in 1-on-1 services within a year, I’m offering practical strategies to fast-track success. Let’s explore the key takeaways I’ve learned and explore how you can apply these strategies to propel your service-based business forward.

Topics Covered In This Episode:1. Start with using your name or initials for your business to avoid getting stuck with a brand that doesn't fit.

Focus on setting up a "work with me" page and a scheduler using platforms like HoneyBook or Dubsado to efficiently start your business.
Quickly obtain 3 clients to build confidence and gather testimonials, leading to faster price increases.
Devote 90 days to actively marketing on a chosen platform tailored to your specific audience and track your efforts closely.
Optimize one system and create a standard operating procedure (SOP) with each new client, focusing on areas such as onboarding and reporting processes.
Focus on setting personal goals and needs, rather than comparing yourself to others or societal standards of success.
Find a community, invest in education and coaching, and ask questions to accelerate progress in business.
Prioritize financial management in business and aim for about 75%+ profit margins and implement money management from the start.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/229

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN MORE ON PASSIVE VS. ACTIVE MARKETING: HOW & WHERE TO LAND A NEW CLIENT IN 30 DAYSThe Art of Cold Calling: Strategies That Work with Ashley Monk -LISTEN NOW

My 3-Phase Onboarding Process to Gain Referrals -LISTEN NOWYour Top Bookkeeping and Tax Questions Answered with Rebecca Driscoll -LISTEN NOW

Additional Resources:

Work with Me Page Training Workbook - CLICK HERE

WOW Training: Effective Onboarding - CLICK HERE

Honeybook In A Hurry - CLICK HERE

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

In a world filled with social media highlight reels and the constant need for validation, comparison has become an all too familiar feeling for many in the online business space. However, I truly believe that comparison does more harm than good. This week, we will discuss practical tips for overcoming the comparison game and shifting towards growth and gratitude in your business and life.

Topics Covered In This Episode:1. Comparison causes emotional imbalance, hindering personal growth and business success.
2. Social media highlights can evoke feelings of guilt and inadequacy, leading to comparison, but unfollowing or muting triggers on social media is okay for protecting mental well-being.
3. Sharing wins and expressing gratitude can combat feelings of envy within peer groups and coaching calls.
4. Comparison triggers often stem from underlying insecurities rather than logical reasons, so identifying where comparison is felt in the body and uncovering the root insecurities can help overcome envy.
5. Moving from comparison to gratitude and growth opens the door to personal and professional progress.
6. The growth game is more rewarding than the comparison game - focus on personal growth and goals.
7. Consider seeking 1 on 1 support and mentorship to navigate comparison and accelerate business growth.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/228

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN MORE ON TO HOW TO CREATE THE LIFE YOU WANT WITHIN YOUR BUSINESS

Additional Resources:

Are you ready to start and grow an ad management business without burnout or overwhelm? Check out my brand new on-demand training here >> CLICK HERE TO WATCH NOW

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Have you ever found yourself on a discovery call, only to realize that the potential client has completely taken over the conversation, leaving you feeling like the interviewee rather than the interviewer? You're not alone. As an expert in freelance ad management, I’m sharing my insights on how to command a discovery call and regain control when things don't go as planned.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Setting the tone and agenda of the call early on is essential to maintain control and steer the conversation in the right direction.
Practice and prepare answers for common questions such as results achieved and budget concerns to exude confidence during the call.
Interrupting politely and redirecting the conversation back to the agenda can help regain control if the call starts to go off track.
Repeating the potential client's words and making them feel heard can emotionally connect them to the sales process.
Mastery of discovery calls leads to mastery of money, emphasizing the impact of effective sales techniques on business success.
Confidence in selling is essential, and practicing, seeking advice, and iteratively improving sales approaches are key to building that confidence.
Selling is a service, and effectively selling one's services and solutions can positively impact both the client and the freelancer's business.
The Strategist Society offers opportunities to master sales techniques and elevate the effectiveness of discovery calls for freelancers.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/227

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN THE 10-STEP FORMULA TO A SUCCESSFUL 15-MINUTE DISCOVERY CALL

Additional Resources:

Are you ready to dive deeper into topics like these and receive one-on-one mentorship? DM me “STRATEGIST” on Instagram @brandimowles where we can chat to see if it’s a good fit for you!

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Are you torn between picking leads or purchases when it comes to running Meta ad campaigns for webinars? This week, we dive into this dilemma and discuss practical tips for choosing the best objective for your webinar campaigns. Let’s break down the key points and explore the best Meta ad strategies for webinar campaigns.

Topics Covered In This Episode:1. The best ad strategy for webinar campaigns, tackling the dilemma of choosing between leads or purchases.

I emphasize that the decision between leads and purchases is not a one-size-fits-all scenario but depends on various factors.
I discuss starting with a lead campaign as the initial goal is to generate leads, which also tends to be more cost-effective.
The duration between sign-up for the webinar and the pitch is a crucial factor in deciding whether to run a purchase campaign.
Prioritizing testing the webinar with warm traffic to ensure conversions before shifting focus to ad strategies.
Employing troubleshooting metrics to assess the effectiveness of the chosen ad campaign, then considering switching to a purchase campaign if necessary.
Exceptions arise for different campaigns, such as campaigns with a tripwire, where a purchase campaign may be more suitable.
Understanding the importance of asking questions, going deeper, and thinking strategically to elevate from being an ad manager to an ad strategist.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/226

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE LEARN THE CREATIVE COCKTAIL: BLENDING THE PERFECT AD CREATIVES

Additional Resources:

Are you ready to dive deeper into topics like these and receive one-on-one mentorship? DM me “STRATEGIST” on Instagram @brandimowles where we can chat to see if it’s a good fit for you!

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

As entrepreneurs, it's common to find ourselves flooded with innovative ideas, each one brimming with potential and promise. However, reality often sets in after the initial burst of enthusiasm, leaving us either overwhelmed, burnt out, or struggling to prioritize what truly matters. This week, I’m introducing the concept of a "parking lot system," a powerful technique to avoid overwhelm and hone in on the projects that genuinely matter. If you often find yourself in a whirlwind of ideas and struggle to navigate their implementation, this innovative approach might just be the change you need in your entrepreneurial journey.

Topics Covered In This Episode:1. I introduce the "parking lot system" as a solution to the struggle of being an entrepreneur with numerous ideas but not enough time.

The system helps cut down overwhelm and lets entrepreneurs focus on projects that truly matter to them.
I share how the parking lot system helped me avoid burnout and overwhelm after the birth of my son.
The waiting period of 30 days allows ideas to cool down and helps assess if they align with business goals, since all ideas are good but not all need to be implemented immediately.
I give practical steps for implementing the parking lot system, such as setting reminders and revisiting ideas after the cooling period.
The system keeps situations simple, reminds of what's important, and prevents taking on too many projects, both in business and personal life.
I encourage the application of the parking lot system to personal commitments and priorities to avoid overcommitting.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/225

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN 4 THINGS I TRACKED TO SCALE TO SIX FIGURES

Additional Resources:

DM me @brandimowles on Instagram and tell me what you currently use as your system or if you’ll be using the parking lot system!

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

This week, I’m sharing my story of how my husband and I made a big move from Florida to Georgia, embracing new beginnings and creating the life we truly wanted. What began as listing our house in Florida turned into a series of unexpected yet serendipitous events that led us to our dream home in Georgia. Our experience is a testament to the power of intuition, letting go of control, and embracing change wholeheartedly.

Topics Covered In This Episode:1. Trust the process and have faith in the timing of life changes.

Be open to releasing control and letting things happen as they are supposed to.
Embrace the journey and enjoy the process of accomplishing your goals.
Recognize the signs and synchronicities that guide your decisions.
Prioritize communication, intuition, and releasing control in both business and personal life while asking for what you want and putting it out into the universe.
Embrace the freedom and opportunities that your business provides and continue to consider new possibilities to remain open to reevaluating life decisions.
Trust in your ability to overcome challenges and navigate major life changes.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/224

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE FOR PART 1 ON HOW TO PLAN FOR THE EXPECTED IN YOUR BUSINESS AND LIFE

Additional Resources:

Are you ready for your business to provide freedom, flexibility, and financial stability? DM me@brandimowles on Instagram “NEW BEGINNINGS”!

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

As summer approaches, many entrepreneurs find themselves dreading the juggling act of running a business while wanting to prioritize family time. However, it doesn't have to be a choice between business success and family memories. Business strategist and mom of three, Nicole Culver, shares her insights on how to set up your summer for success while making time for family and still achieving your business goals.

Topics Covered In This Episode:1. Nicole emphasizes the importance of knowing your business numbers and how it helps to find a balance between enjoying life and not being stressed about money during the summer.

We highlight the significance of setting up a summer schedule to prioritize family time while still maintaining financial responsibilities.
Nicole shares her approach to planning in advance for the summer, including a debrief at the end of the previous summer to identify what worked and what didn't work.
The importance of scheduling and making non-negotiable commitments to activities like beach days, lunches with friends, and family time.
Nicole introduces the idea of casting a big vision for the summer, breaking it down into manageable steps, and the importance of focusing on one thing at a time in your business.
Advice from Nicole to not waste life away, give yourself permission to dream big, and set yourself up for a successful summer as a way to make each summer better than the last.
The emphasis on leading by example and not apologizing for creating a summer schedule that allows for both business and family priorities.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/223

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE FOR NICOLE CULVER'S PREVIOUS EPISODE - SIMPLE AND DOABLE ACTION STEPS FOR TAPPING INTO YOUR ENERGY AND FINDING YOUR STRENGTH AS A BUSINESS OWNER

Additional Resources:Nicole Culver helps online coaches take quantum leaps in their business with digital products. She is a certified Master NLP coach, hypnotist, and mindset expert who helps coaches amplify their results by combining the right mindset with the perfect-for-them business strategy. Nicole loves to coach her clients and students so they can see beyond their limitations and open up to what’s truly possible for them.

Where to Find Nicole:

Nicole's Website - CLICK HERE

Nicole's Instagram - CLICK HERE

Nicole's Podcast - CLICK HERE

Nicole's Free Business Planner - CLICK HERE

DM Brandi@brandimowles on Instagram “STRATEGIST” to learn more.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Client onboarding is a crucial, yet time-consuming part of being a freelancer or running an ad management business. When multiple clients are coming in simultaneously, it can be overwhelming to handle all the moving pieces. Onboarding brings mixed emotions - the joy of a growing client base and revenue, but also the stress of managing multiple clients at once. This week, I’m presenting a game-changing approach that will revolutionize your onboarding process: the Staggered Onboarding Approach.

Topics Covered In This Episode:1. Onboarding multiple clients at once can lead to overwhelm, even during successful months.

Staggered onboarding can be a game changer for managing client load and minimizing overwhelm.
By only onboarding one client per week, professionals can manage their workload effectively, while also establishing a sense of urgency around proposal and invoice submission which can help with client commitment.
Staggered onboarding not only reduces overwhelm but also presents the professional as organized and in demand.
Planning specific onboarding dates, considering personal schedules and availability is crucial as the goal is to achieve success with fewer hours worked, allowing for a fulfilling personal life.
Implementing staggered onboarding will enhance professionalism, resulting in a more successful business.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/222

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO STEAL MY 3 PHASE ONBOARDING PROCESS TO GET MORE REFERRALS AND WOW YOUR CLIENTS

Additional Resources:DM Brandi@brandimowles on Instagram “society” to learn more.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Feeling overwhelmed is a common experience for many people, especially those juggling various responsibilities such as parenting, entrepreneurship, and personal goals. This week, I break down a 4-step process to navigate overwhelm and turn it into actionable steps. By following this roadmap, individuals can transform their overwhelm into relief and empowerment, enabling them to make progress in their businesses and personal lives with a clear, structured plan.

Topics Covered In This Episode:1. Overwhelm can be paralyzing and prevent progress in both personal and professional life.
2. The first step is to identify the specific source of overwhelm in order to address it effectively and then make a conscious decision to move past overwhelm and into action.
3. Breaking down overwhelming tasks into smaller, manageable steps makes progress more achievable.
4. Achieving a quick win, however small, can help to shift the mindset from overwhelmed to empowerment.
5. The process of overcoming overwhelm can be applied to both personal and professional challenges, ultimately leading to faster progress and a more joy-filled life.
6. Creating an action plan helps to alleviate overwhelm by providing clarity on what needs to be done.
7. Implementing the 4-step process consistently can make it second nature over time and can be applied in both personal and business endeavors.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/221

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO GAIN ACTIONABLE STEPS YOU CAN TAKE TO BUILD RESILIENCE AND OVERCOME SETBACK

Additional Resources:Resource for my ad managers... The Ad Manager Advantage Secret Podcast

In this 10-episode secret podcast, created specifically for Meta ad managers and aspiring ad managers, I'll be sharing insights, stories, and strategies for your business success.

With actionable tips and expert advice, this podcast will provide you with the tools you need to take your ad management business to the next level. CLICK HERE TO SUBSCRIBE TODAY.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

In the world of service providers, tracking business data can fall into two extremes: some shy away from numbers and avoid tracking, while others become obsessed and track every little detail. There is a balance when it comes to tracking as a strategic tool without becoming overwhelmed by data. This episode explores the transformation of tracking from a potential trap that keeps one stuck to a tool for propelling a business forward.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Service providers often fall into two categories: either they shy away from numbers and avoid tracking, or they become obsessed with tracking every detail.
Effective tracking can maximize efficiency in a business without causing burnout or overwhelm.
Over-tracking can lead to spending excessive time on analytics, decision paralysis, feeling overwhelmed, inefficiency, and losing sight of business goals.
Key performance indicators (KPIs) that service-based businesses should focus on include revenue goals, number of sales/discovery calls, outreach efforts, and client retention.
Regular tracking of KPIs is essential, with outreach and sales call tracking on a weekly basis and client acquisition and revenue tracking on a monthly basis.
Personal experience with over-tracking in health-related activities led to burnout and feeling overwhelmed, which can be mirrored in business tracking.
It's crucial to identify the right KPIs for a business and implement a focused tracking strategy to avoid burnout and achieve goals, while businesses should also set clear revenue and client acquisition goals to guide the tracking process.
A tracking system that is focused, consistent, and centered on the most relevant KPIs, and not filled with excessive data points, is needed to monitor KPIs, with regular reviews scheduled to assess progress and make informed decisions.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/220

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN ABOUT THE BEST TOOLS TO SIMPLIFY YOUR BUSINESS

Additional Resources:Resource for my ad managers... The Ad Manager Advantage Secret Podcast

In this 10-episode secret podcast, created specifically for Meta ad managers and aspiring ad managers, I'll be sharing insights, stories, and strategies for your business success.

With actionable tips and expert advice, this podcast will provide you with the tools you need to take your ad management business to the next level. CLICK HERE TO SUBSCRIBE TODAY

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

In the competitive landscape of service-based businesses, offering packages that stand out and meet clients' needs is crucial. However, many service providers find themselves stuck in a cycle of constantly tweaking their packages without a clear purpose. Today we are talking all about how to create purposeful service packages that deliver results and drive profitability.

Topics Covered In This Episode:1. Creating packages with purpose involves focusing on providing everything necessary for client success without overwhelming them.

It's important to weed out anything that clients don't actually need in order to be successful, distinguishing between essentials and nice-to-haves.
Add-ons such as custom dashboards or funnel audits can increase the value of the package and cater to clients who want a little extra and can also help business owners with decision fatigue..
Identifying your "onlyness factor" and showcasing what sets you apart can help make your packages more unique and attractive to potential clients.
Avoid constantly adding new items to your packages as a reaction to raising prices; instead, focus on the essential elements for success.
For ad managers specifically, a core package should include everything necessary for success and shouldn't change based on whether the client has their own copywriter or graphics person.
By creating packages with purpose, you can streamline your business and attract clients more quickly, serve your clients at the highest level and increase your contract rates without offering multiple different packages.
We offer a live training for those interested in learning more about setting up a successful ad management business and scaling to 6-figure months with a small number of clients.

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO STAND OUT IN A CROWDED MARKET
Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/219

Additional Resources:Are you ready to learn more about what it takes to run a successful ad management business? To save your seat for my BRAND NEW LIVE TRAINING on How To Have a 100K Year With Only 5 Clients and discover how to fit 100K in 2024 working with only 5 clients, CLICK HERE.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

In a recent episode of the podcast, we discuss a game-changing strategy for ad managers to elevate their services and provide valuable results for their clients. I emphasize the importance of implementing a money-making funnel, revealing that by doing so, ad managers can charge more, retain clients for longer periods, and make insightful decisions for audience targeting.

Topics Covered In This Episode:1. The key to charging more and retaining clients longer as an ad manager is to implement a money-making funnel for clients that generates revenue within 30 days, making you look desirable and valuable to the client.

Finding the right audience of buyers rather than just generating cheap leads for clients can help create more sustainable income and create a strong strategy for your clients.
It is important to differentiate between money-making funnels and a client's bread-and-butter revenue generators.
Ad managers can add value by suggesting or creating low-ticket offers for clients' money-making funnels to cover ad spend and build a list of potential high-ticket buyers.
Implementing money-making funnels for clients can increase the ad manager's value, client retention, and business consistency.
Ad managers can transition from a technician role to a strategist role by advising and strategizing with clients on money-making funnels and audience targeting.
The Strategist Society is a program focused on helping ad managers and digital marketers transition into strategist roles, providing current strategies and support.

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LISTEN TO MY READING LIST FOR QUARTER 1
Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/218

Additional Resources:DM Brandi @brandimowles on Instagram “society” to learn more.

To register for my BRAND NEW LIVE TRAINING on How To Have a 100K Year With Only 5 Clients. I’m going to be breaking down how you can hit 100K in 2024 and only work with 5 clients per month as an ad manager (no building an agency required). CLICK HERE to save your seat.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Have you ever found yourself looking for small changes that can make a significant impact on your personal life or business? In this week's episode of the podcast, the discussion is centered around the power of incorporating daily non-negotiables that have the potential to transform your life. I share my 5 daily non-negotiables, shedding light on the impact these habits have had on my personal growth, business development, and holistic well-being.

Topics Covered In This Episode:1. Small daily habits can transform business and personal life.

The 5 daily non-negotiables include movement, social media posting, conversations, journaling or meditating, and reading nonfiction.
Consistency in these non-negotiables leads to massive impacts.
Building habits starts small and grows gradually and can change both business and personal life.
It's about a holistic approach to self-care, family, and business.
Brandi adapted certain habits to fit her lifestyle and incorporating non-negotiables makes certain aspects a priority.
Implementing consistent habits changes the way one shows up for themselves, family, and business.

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LISTEN TO MY READING LIST FOR QUARTER 1
Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/217

Additional Resources:Buy Back Your Time by Dan Martell - CLICK HERE FOR MORE INFO.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

In a recent episode of the podcast, we chatted with Ashley Monk, CEO of Onya, an online advertising agency, and dove into the art of cold calling and strategies for successful outreach. Ashley's journey from starting her business at $500 per month to now charging over $10,000 per month offers valuable insights and strategies for entrepreneurs looking to master the art of cold calling.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Cold calling and outreach can be effective strategies for growing businesses, and listeners can benefit from the insights shared.
Ashley Monk's journey from starting at $500 per month to now charging over $10,000 per month showcases the possibilities of growth in the industry and the importance of perseverance.
Persistence and resilience, as well as developing a thick skin, are crucial qualities for success in cold calling and outreach in the ad management industry.
Buying lead lists with specific criteria from platforms like Fiverr can be an informed approach to finding potential clients for cold calling.
For every 50 dials made, there may be 2-3 yeses, resulting in a 2-3% conversion rate for obtaining discovery calls, emphasizing the need for consistency and perseverance in cold calling efforts.
Building referral partners and understanding the target niche's preferences and behaviors are key strategies for successful outreach in the ad management industry.
Tailoring communication and appearance to align with the expectations of different verticals is essential for effective outreach, such as being more formal for traditional organizations and more casual for online businesses.
Understanding the target niche and where they spend their time is crucial for reaching them effectively, as the tactics and preferences for outreach can vary by industry.

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO STEAL MY 3 PHASE ONBOARDING PROCESS TO WOW YOUR CLIENTS AND GET A FLOOD OF REFERRALS
Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/216

Additional Resources:Join Brandi for a Live Free Training for Ad Managers and Future Ad Managers athttp://Brandimowles.com/adtraining Follow Onya Marketing on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/onyamarketingFollow Ashley Monk on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/iamashleymonk/

Follow Ashley Monk on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/ashleymonk/

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

In the ever-evolving world of entrepreneurship, staying ahead of the game often means seeking knowledge and insights from various sources. To dive deeper into this, I share an in-depth behind-the-scenes look at my reading list for the first quarter of 2024. With a clear goal of doubling my company's revenue from $1,000,000 to $2,000,000, my intentional choice of reading materials reflects both my commitment to personal and business growth.

Topics Covered In This Episode:1. Brandi reads "10x is Easier than 2x" and "Chill and Prosper" by Denise Thomas, preferring the latter for beginner entrepreneurs and its money mindset content.

Brandi implements time management strategies from "The Perfect Day Formula" by Craig Ballentine, focusing on marketing and sales in the first 90 minutes and structuring a perfect week schedule.
She discusses the benefit of reading 10 pages of nonfiction daily, linking it to business growth, and has shifted to reading using Kindles before bed.
"Buy Back Your Time" by Dan Martell impacts Brandi's hiring perspective and time audit strategies, while introducing the concept of a replacement ladder for hiring in business.
The importance of investing in people to support programs and achieving success through a sequence is highlighted.
Brandi reflects on scheduling her day around her most productive periods of time and discusses the importance of making schedule adjustments to protect that time.
Brandi recommends various books for different needs, from hiring to sales, marketing, and understanding human design personalized business ecosystems.

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️
CLICK HERE TO STEAL MY 3 PHASE ONBOARDING PROCESS TO WOW YOUR CLIENTS AND GET A FLOOD OF REFERRALS
Find the full show notes at:https://brandimowles.com/215

Additional Resources:Buy Back Your Time: Dan Martell
10X is Easier Than 2x: Dan Sullivan
Chill and Prosper: Denise Thomas
The Perfect Day Formula: How to Own the Day and Control Your Life
Human Design For Business: Jamie Palmer
Exactly What to Say: Your Personal Guide to the Mastery of Magic Words Phil Jones

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

The Perfect Day Formula: How to Own the Day And Control Your Life

In the freelance world, having a game-changing strategy of niching down can greatly impact business growth. Niching down involves narrowing your focus within your business to serve a specific market segment or target audience. In this week’s episode, we discuss how this approach is not only crucial for ad managers but for all freelance professionals in the competitive market. Niching down allows you to provide exceptional value to a specific niche, enabling you to charge higher rates, attract clients more easily, and streamline your systems. This focus aligns with the 3 pillars of success – consistent clients, expert knowledge, and scalable systems.

Topics Covered In This Episode:1. Niching down involves narrowing your focus within your business to serve a specific market segment or target audience, providing exceptional value in that niche.

Specializing in a niche allows for higher profits, easier client attraction, and the opportunity to charge more based on the value brought to the table.
Niching down is essential for standing out in the competitive freelance market, as clients seek experts rather than generalists.
The three-layer deep niche test is a powerful way to narrow down your niche and specialize in a particular area, boosting your competitive advantage.
When starting out, it’s beneficial to prioritize either local or online businesses for 90 days to determine which niche aligns best with your interests and goals - listen to your intuition and choose the niche that feels right for you.
It's okay to take on clients outside of your niche if they align with your interests and can pay your fee, especially when beginning your freelance business.
You have the flexibility to pivot and change your niche at any point, and niching down shouldn't be a reason to delay getting started in your freelance business.

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW AND WHEN TO NICHE YOUR SERVICES SO YOU CAN SCALE

Find the full show notes at:https://brandimowles.com/214

Additional Resources:CLICK HERE FOR THE 45 PREMIUM SERVICE LISTCLICK HERE TO REGISTER FOR THE CONFIDENT AD MANAGER TRAINING

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

In a world where hustle and the pursuit of "more, more, more" are glorified, it’s important to take an alternative perspective. While I am proud to have gone from earning $30,000 to hitting $250,000 in my first full year as a freelancer, it didn’t come without mistakes along the way. The valuable lessons I learned were not just about what I did, but also about what I intentionally did not do. Here, we’ll cover the five things I didn't do that contributed to my success, and provide actionable steps for hitting revenue goals as a freelancer.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Key focus areas for success: attracting consistent clients, becoming an expert in your field, and building scalable systems.
Don't charge by the hour - move away from hourly fees and transition to package pricing for services.
Specialize in one or two services rather than offering a laundry list of services to become known as an expert in your industry.
When considering hiring a team, ensure your business is set up to support them and that you are still profitable.
Focus on sustainable, predictable, and profitable business strategies instead of quick-fix schemes or easy buttons.
Sequence is important in business growth - prioritize the necessary steps for your current stage rather than jumping ahead.
Prioritize consistent clients, expertise in your field, and scalable systems as a freelance business owner to drive success.

Find the full show notes at:https://brandimowles.com/213

**Additional Resources:

45 PREMIUM SERVICE LIST: https://servescalesoar.com/45**Hourly vs. Package Pricing: What Do Clients Really Want?

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Clear and effective communication is essential for the success of any business, especially when providing 1:1 services. Let’s explore what clear communication looks like and its critical role in creating thriving freelance and ad management businesses.

Communication breakdowns can lead to misunderstandings and frustrations for both the client and the service provider. To navigate this, we’ll go over a tried and tested communication protocol, aimed at keeping clients satisfied and businesses thriving. This comprehensive guide to crafting your communication protocol will help you establish strong client relationships, boost revenue, and create a successful business.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Effective communication is crucial for thriving in a freelance and ad management business.
Having clear systems and processes for communication is vital for scalability and client satisfaction.
Setting clear expectations from the beginning, such as communication frequency and channels, is essential.
Establishing boundaries and enforcing them is key to maintaining a healthy client-provider relationship.
Being prepared for hard conversations, such as addressing scope creep, late payments, and missed deadlines, is crucial for maintaining professionalism.
Personal growth and continuous learning in communication are essential for building better client relationships.
Putting systems and processes in place for handling hard conversations, such as having default templates for responses, can streamline communication and help maintain professionalism and business integrity.

Find the full show notes at:https://brandimowles.com/212

**Additional Resources:

FREE WORKSHOP: CLICK HERE TO REGISTER*Maximizing Efficiency: 5 Essential Processes For Ad ManagersCLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO BOUNCE BACK AFTER BAD RESULTS*

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Are you ready to elevate your ad campaigns from ordinary to extraordinary? Today, we're about to unveil the secrets to crafting the ultimate creative cocktail that will shake up your approach to advertising.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

The episode focuses on crafting the perfect "creative cocktail" for ad campaigns to drive results and lower costs.
Emphasizes the significance of incorporating different types of ad creatives such as static images, carousels, and reels for maximum impact.
Considers the need to adapt creatives based on the specific campaign and target audience.
Recommends conducting an ad audit and analyzing organic social performance to identify the best-performing ad creatives.
Underscores the importance of testing different hooks and formats for creatives to find the most effective combinations.
Advises against assuming a specific creative type doesn't work for an ad account, as it may require optimization and testing.
Encourages marketers to lean into what platforms like Meta (formerly Facebook) prioritize and to test creatives at every step of the funnel.
Offers a strategy for setting up a campaign with a mix of carousel, static, and reel creatives, and continuously refining them based on performance.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/211 If you’re ready to become an ad strategist DM on Instagram @brandimowles with the word “creative cocktail”

Additional Resources:Reels Ads: Crafting Engaging Video Ads With Or Without Client ParticipationCLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO GO FROM AD MANAGER TO GROWTH CONSULTANT

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

As an ad manager, the career path can be a promising journey filled with opportunities for growth and advancement. In this episode, we will cover the various levels of the ad management career path, discussing the skills required, earning potential, and strategies for finding clients. Additionally, we will explore how ad managers can progress to the role of ad strategist and eventually transition into the position of a growth consultant. Let's map out the career path and discover the keys to success in ad management.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Financial goals: Aim to reach $100,000 yearly as an ad manager, which is achievable with 5 clients, and transition to ad strategist to gain a significant pay increase.
Finding clients: Use methods like direct outreach, referrals, and networking events to secure clients, and commit to one method for about 45 days to focus and find your first or next client successfully.
Necessary skills: Develop expertise in Meta ads, hone communication skills, and embrace project management tools, bounce-back ability, and willingness to market services.
Progression to ad strategist: Ensure expert-level knowledge in ads and funnels, bring creative ideas and strategies to the table, and focus on targeting higher-level businesses with more ad spending
Transition to growth consultant: Understand the role and responsibilities of a growth consultant, charging significantly more than ad managers, with earning potential exceeding $250,000 a year by working less than 10 hours per week.
Finding growth consultancy clients: Explore various avenues like speaking at events, masterminds, networking events, and referrals to target higher-level businesses seeking growth consultancy services.
Required attributes: Cultivate expert-level knowledge of digital marketing and advertising, build a strong personal brand and professional network, establish exceptional communication and boundaries, and have the ability to see the big picture
Agency model considerations: Understand that incorporating the agency model at the ad strategist or growth consultant levels requires a certain level of revenue and profit margin to be viable, prompting strategic decision-making for future business growth.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/210Join Brandi for a 4 Part Live Free training experience for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources:How To Offer Consulting As A Premium Service In Your Business with Laura MeyerCLICK HERE FOR A LOOK BEHIND THE SCENES AT WHAT AD MANAGERS REALLY DO

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Are you constantly on the hunt for the perfect project management software? You’re definitely not alone. Having a good project management tool is necessary for staying organized, ensuring all tasks are completed on time, and maintaining productivity. But with so many options available, the search for the perfect platform can be overwhelming. (Trust me.) And things can become even more overwhelming when your project management system just isn’t working for you anymore. Because if you don’t love your project management system, it’s going to be way harder for you to show up and actually use it.

In this post, we’ll explore the reasons why we moved away from ClickUp, the challenges faced, and the key features that made Asana the chosen platform.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Brandi shares the reasons behind switching from ClickUp after 5 years due to software issues and changes that affected efficiency and ease of navigation.
She emphasized that listeners should only consider switching project management software if they are struggling with their current system or if their needs have changed.
Brandi discusses trying out different project management tools including Notion, monday.com, and Asana, detailing the pros and cons of each.
Attracted by the simplicity and features they required, Brandi and her team ultimately transitioned to Asana, finding it user-friendly and effective for task management.
Asana's customizable views, calendar view, automation, and reoccurring task capabilities were key factors in their decision to switch.
Brandi appreciates Asana's home dashboard, task views, and team organization, as well as the ability to color-coordinate and link to external folders.
She emphasizes the importance of finding a project management system that suits individual needs, is easy to use, and prevents tasks from slipping through the cracks.
Brandi encourages listeners to evaluate their current project management needs and use a software consistently to stay organized and efficient in their businesses.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/209Join Brandi for a 4 Part Live Free training experience for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources:CLICK HERE TO LEARN 4 EASY SYSTEMS TO GROW YOUR BUSINESS FASTER

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Let’s talk about the importance of embracing gratitude and finding joy in your freelance journey, learning to pause and reflect on the aspects of your business that truly promote happiness and fulfillment. Here, we'll dive deeper into the six aspects of the business that I’m obsessing about, along with tips and insights for cultivating a love affair with your own business.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Brandi encourages reflecting on what brings joy and fulfillment in your business
She shares 6 aspects of her business that she is currently obsessed with
The aspects she loves include clear vision, focusing on one niche, investing in women-run coaching programs, flexibility in schedule, 1 on 1 coaching and consulting, and seeing her students succeed
Brandi emphasizes the importance of clear vision and innovative thinking along with the benefits of niching down for business growth
Brandi discusses her experience and shift towards investing in coaching programs run by women
She shares her positive outlook on her day-to-day schedule and highlights the importance of embracing flexibility
Brandi discusses her success and satisfaction with offering 1 on 1 coaching and consulting services
She expresses joy in witnessing the victories of her students, citing examples such as quitting 9 to 5 jobs and achieving client success

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/208Join Brandi for a 4 Part Live Free training experience for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources:CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO FIND YOUR STRENGTH AS A BUSINESS OWNER WITH NICOLE CULVERCLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO FALL BACK IN LOVE WITH YOUR BUSINESS

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

As an ad manager or freelancer, feeling overwhelmed by the constant demands of managing ad campaigns, sending invoices, and keeping up with client communication is way more common than you think.

In this episode of the Serve Scale Soar® podcast, we dive into the essential processes that can transform your business, making it more efficient and effective. From client onboarding to professional development and learning schedules, these 5 essential processes will empower you to work smarter, not harder (KISS), and reclaim your time..

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Having processes in place can save time, create predictability, and make an ad management business more effective.
Client onboarding is essential, starting from the moment a potential client shows interest and extending to the 1st kickoff call, a process that can take 7 to 30 days and needs to be automated and templatized.
Ad campaign planning requires a repeatable full method for planning campaigns, setting up campaigns, and monitoring campaigns, each supported by standard operating procedures (SOPs). Having processes and workflows ensures that nothing is missed, clients get results, and ad managers do not disappoint them.
Implementing a reporting system that includes regular monitoring and performance tracking of ad campaigns to provide valuable insights for clients and maintain efficiency.
Allocating time for professional development and learning, such as staying up to date with the latest updates, features, and changes on platforms through reading, attending webinars, or participating in online courses.
Clear client communication protocols help manage client expectations, keep projects on track, and provide work-life balance by establishing boundaries and response times.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/207Join Brandi for a Live Free training for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources:

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

In the digital marketing world, the use of video content has become increasingly vital for businesses looking to engage their audience and capture their attention. With the rise of short, snappy, and engaging content, such as Reels, the game for ad managers and agencies is continually evolving.

In this week’s episode of the Serve Scale® podcast, we'll explore the importance of Reel ads, how to involve clients in the creative process and strategies for creating effective Reel ads with or without client involvement.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Reels are a powerful tool for advertising, with over 200 billion reels played across Instagram and Facebook every day.
Reels are estimated to generate about 10 billion in revenue annually for meta and are a focus for ad managers and agencies.
Encouraging client involvement in reel creation involves brainstorming sessions, gathering raw footage, and providing recording tips.
When clients resist participating in video creation, ad managers can leverage b-roll and stock footage to create engaging ads without their involvement.
Creating reel ads using tools like Canva or outsourcing the editing process can be effective for ad managers.
Reel ads require a collaborative effort between ad managers, clients, and possibly outsourced video editors.
A strong hook is crucial for reel ads, and messaging matters more than visuals.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/206Join Brandi for a Live Free training for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources:

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

In this episode of the Serve Scale Soar® podcast, host Brandi offers valuable insights for freelance ad managers and ad agencies struggling to decide between serving brick-and-mortar businesses or online entrepreneurs. Brandi shares her expertise in managing client expectations, setting boundaries, and the pros and cons of working with different types of businesses. She also discusses her journey of specializing in serving online course creators and emphasizes the benefits of specialization for business growth. Tune in and decide which type of business is best for you to serve. Will it be local or online?

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Pros and cons of working with local businesses and online entrepreneurs.
Experience of specializing in serving online course creators for business growth.
Challenges and advantages of working with different client types.
Importance of flexibility and specialization for expertise and growth.
Unique traits and considerations for local business outreach and marketing.

Tune in to the episode for expert insights on deciding which client is best for you.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/205Join Brandi for a Live Free training for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources:

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

In this episode of the Serve Scale Soar® podcast, host Brandi Mowles discusses how to price your services as a Meta Ad Manager. She emphasizes the importance of setting the right prices for ad management to ensure profitability and business growth. Brandi highlights the pitfalls of budget pricing and advises against the "don't pay me until I get results" pricing method. Instead, she presents three effective pricing strategies tailored for ad managers: flat rate fee retainer, package pricing tiered approach, and percentage of ad spend. Let's dive into the practical insights provided in this episode and explore how pricing your services can make or break your freelance media buyer business.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Importance of pricing in ad management business
Strategies for profitable ad management service pricing
Expert advice on avoiding ineffective pricing methods

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/204Join Brandi for a Live Free training for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources:

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

In this episode of the ServeScale Soar podcast, host Brandi Mowles discusses the significance of utilizing billboard ads as a key component of a successful ad strategy. Referred to as the "number 1 ad you should be running for every client no matter what industry, niche, or budget," Brandi emphasizes the effectiveness of billboard ads in building brand awareness, fostering audience engagement, and lowering ad costs. Let's dive into the practical insights provided in this episode and explore how incorporating billboard ads can benefit your client's marketing strategy.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. "Billboard ads" are the number 1 ad that should be run for every client, regardless of industry, niche, or budget.

The purpose of billboard ads is to increase brand awareness and audience building, with a focus on traditional marketing principles.
The ad campaign objective should be engagement, not awareness, to introduce new audiences to the client or their brand.
It's recommended to start with a $5 per day per ad set budget for billboard ads.
Video content is highly recommended for billboard ads as it helps to build know, like, and trust, and adds value to the audience's feed.
Running billboard ads allows for testing of audiences and messaging at a low cost before moving into more significant campaigns or launches.
Building on-platform audience activity through billboard ads helps in retargeting and creating lookalike audiences, especially in the current era of decreased data availability through social media platforms.
Consistent running of billboard ads 365 days a year can lead to lower ad costs and better ad account performance, in contrast to sporadic ad spending.
Billboard ads are focused on long-term growth and brand resilience, rather than short-term gains or immediate results.
Implementing a billboard ad strategy can have a significant impact on an account's performance, and it's a recommended action for ad management professionals to take.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/203

Join Brandi for a Live Free training for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources:

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

3 Habits Every Successful Ad Manager Needs For Success In 2024
In this episode, of the Serve Scale Soar Podcast,Want you to picture this. You're managing ad campaigns. Your clients are raving about you, and your results are through the roof. You're finally able to quit your 9 to 5, be at home with your little ones, maybe pay off that house or other debts, student loans, Going that Disney vacation without putting it on the credit card sounds like a dream. Right? Well, it's not just luck or talent that gets you there. It's about cultivating the right daily habits, and that's what this episode is all about.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Importance of developing skills for meta ad management
Weekly and daily habits for developing skills
Importance of effective client communication
Managing realistic result expectations
Outlining clear and realistic communication expectations in contracts
Active marketing efforts for ad managers
The significance of making daily connections
Getting 1% better every day

Find the full show notes at https://brandimowles.com/202

Join Brandi for a Live Free training for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources:

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Today, we are joined by the incredible Mel Abraham to delve into the fascinating topic of wealth through the decades. From financial strategies in your 30s, 40s, and 50s to the importance of debt management and building a fulfilling life, Mel brings his expertise and unique perspective to the table.

We'll discover actionable steps to take control of our finances, the power of multiple income streams, and the critical role of saving even small amounts.

Let's make money management a breeze and create a generational change within our families. Special thanks to Mel Abraham for making this episode possible. It's never too late to start building wealth, so let's seize this opportunity and take that first step toward financial independence.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

Importance of starting with liquidity and having a comfort fund
Building an emergency fund
Destructive debt vs productive debt
Simultaneous debt management and wealth creation
Allocating money toward investing
Discussing wealth creation in different stages of life
Considering disability insurance and life insurance
Using tax-advantaged accounts (Roth vs traditional)
Tackling procrastination and believing it's not too late to build wealth

Find the full show notes at https://brandimowles.com/201

Join us for Mel's once-a-year training at https://brandimowles.com/mel

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Today, we have a special treat in store for you as we celebrate our 200th episode. Can you believe it? We've come a long way and couldn't have done it without your continued support and engagement.

In this milestone episode, your host, Brandi, reflects on the top 10 most downloaded podcast episodes and shares her biggest takeaways, quotes, and lessons from each episode.

No matter if you're a freelancer, virtual assistant, online service provider, meta ad manager or course creator this episode has a lesson for you.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

The importance of selling services and serving the audience
Prioritizing happiness over financial revenue
Setting boundaries for effective time management
Building a supportive community
Establishing business structure and implementing systems and processes
The importance of aligning with clients who share values and interests
Slowing down to speed up
Having open conversations with partners about money and goals

Thank you for joining us on this incredible podcasting journey. We're immensely grateful for your support and input.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/200

Additional Resources:

115: How to Save, Invest and Plan for the Future of Your Finances with Mel Abraham
130: How To Increase Your Revenue and Find More Clients Using Tiny Offers with Allie Bjerk
128: Tapping Into Your Creativity, Making Genuine Connections, and Niching Down with Amanda Scott
134: 10 Premium Services You Can Offer In 2022
136: From $2K to $16K Months in Less Than a Year with Samantha Fine
125: How To Create A Conversion Story To Increase Sales with Colin Boyd
122: 10 Lessons I Learned Scaling to $1 Million: Best Of 2021
124: Should You Start a Podcast? with Stephanie Judice
133: Finding Time To Do It All
126: 10 Lessons Learned in 2021

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

On this episode of Brandi Mowles, discusses the invisible time thief known as context switching and how it impacts productivity. She highlights the importance of consolidating and organizing tools, as well as creating batch days for tasks to improve efficiency. Brandi advocates for eliminating unessential tasks and focusing on important ones. Brandi also shares strategies for reducing context switching, such as using tools like Dubsado, HoneyBook, and ClickUp to streamline processes.

Brandi provides valuable insights on reclaiming time and achieving success. Listeners are encouraged to share their own tips and takeaways from the episode. Tune in to this episode to learn how to conquer context switching and reclaim your time.

Topics covered in this episode include:

Importance of consolidating and organizing tools
Creating batch days for tasks to improve efficiency
Eliminating unessential tasks and focusing on important ones
Negative impact of context switching
Strategies for maintaining focus and productivity
Identifying moments of multitasking or context switching
Disruption of deep work and flow caused by context switching

Tune in to this episode now to discover how you can boost your productivity and reclaim your time. Don't forget to share your thoughts and takeaways!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/199

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

There’s nothing that I love more than talking about ways that you can make more money with a premium-price service! In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Tasha Booth to talk about not one, but two premium services you can offer that you may not have heard of before!

Tasha Booth is an agency owner, coach, and podcaster. She is the Founder & CEO of The Launch Guild - a full-service launch support agency working with established coaches and course creators with Course & Podcast Launches.

Topics covered in this episode include:

The difference between launch managers and launch tech specialists
What launch managers are actually responsible for
The skills you need to be a launch tech specialist
Where people find their launch management or launch tech specialist clients
The price range you can charge for these services

This conversation with Tasha is value-packed for anyone considering a new premium-priced service. Make sure to tune in!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/198

Resources Mentioned:

Visit Tasha’s website: https://www.tashabooth.com/

Follow The Launch Guild on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/thelaunchguild

Follow Tasha on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/thetashabooth

Follow The Launch Guild on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/thelaunchguild/

Follow Tasha on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/thetashabooth/

Get the 5 Steps To Eliminating Team Management Overwhelm: https://products.tashabooth.com/team-training?r_done=1

Listen to the previous episode with Tasha: https://brandimowles.com/2020/09/22/income-plateaus-with-tasha-booth/

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Let’s talk about building resilience and overcoming setbacks.

Now before you hit skip to go to the next episode because you don’t want to learn about your mindset, you just want actionable tips, stay with me! This episode of Serve Scale Soar® is no different than the rest. I'm giving you some concrete, actionable steps you can take to build resilience and overcome setbacks, because let's be real, we all have them as entrepreneurs.

Topics covered in this episode include:

What it really means to be resilient in your business
Some common freelancer setbacks that we all experience eventually
How I learned about resilience the hard way
Why we need to embrace failure and learn from mistakes
How we can cultivate a positive mindset when we experience setbacks
The power of a network of support to turn to when you are having a hard time
Keeping our long-term vision and goals in mind to get through the setbacks

Resilience is one of the most important qualities you can have as a freelancer or entrepreneur, so make sure to tune in to learn how to become more resilient despite setbacks or failures!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/197

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Have you ever wondered how you can stand out in a crowd?

Maybe you're brand new, or maybe you've been doing this for a while and you're just not getting all the discovery calls you want. It usually comes down to standing out in a crowd because let's be real- it is a crowded market! In this week's episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I'm diving into five ways you can stand out in your pitches so you can land more clients.

Topics covered in this episode include:

Why the market for freelancers is so competitive and what it means for you
Why niching down actually makes you more desirable to clients
How to craft a compelling and personalized pitch for your potential clients
Why social proof and testimonials are such game changers for your pitches
My favorite ways to get creative with pitches
What freelancers are getting wrong when it comes to pitching

These tips are guaranteed to put you apart from the rest, so make sure to tune in!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/196

Resources Mentioned:

Listen to the episode about pricing your services: www.brandimowles.com/158

Listen to the episode about how to have a 15-minute discovery call: www.brandimowles.com/149

Listen to the episode about why your title doesn’t matter: www.brandimowles.com/188

Listen to the episode about social proof and testimonials: www.brandimowles.com/172

Listen to the episode about how to use video for personalized pitches: www.brandimowles.com/139

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

I know I’m not alone in feeling like there is never enough time in a day to get everything done on my to-do list. This is a common feeling for most entrepreneurs, and it can be overwhelming!

In this week's episode of Serve Scale Soar®, we are going to be talking about how to get all the stuff done and finding the time to do it.

The key is to look at your time differently. It has worked for me, it has worked for many seven-figure entrepreneurs, and it has worked for people just getting started. No matter where you are on your journey, if you follow these four tips, you will find more time to get stuff done.

It doesn’t matter if you are single, married, or a mom. No matter what your situation is, we all have the same amount of time in a day and honestly, that’s pretty empowering if you think about it! It’s how we use that time that differs so much. Don’t use your situation as an excuse to not do the things you need to do!

Tune in to hear my tactical advice for making the most of your time and getting everything done. These tips are the things I have used to build my business as well as help the students inside of my program.

If you implement these tips, you will be able to accomplish your goals! Just go into it with an open mind and make the shift. Make sure you tune in to hear them all!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/195

Additional Resources:

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Have you been thinking about becoming an ad manager? Are you already one but you want to update your services?

In this episode, I am joined by 11 Facebook ad managers who are sharing their tips and strategies for starting and growing an ad management business!

You are going to hear from people in all different stages of business, so whether you’re thinking about becoming an ad manager or you already have your own online business, these tips are gold.

If this episode speaks to you, I want to invite you to my free four-part training that’s taking place right now. You will learn the three steps to consistently land high-quality Facebook and Instagram ad clients. Register at www.confidentadmanager.com.

Tune in, hear these amazing tips, and join us inside the Facebook group!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/194

Resources Mentioned:

www.confidentadmanager.com

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Ready to talk about premium prices?

This is one of my favorite topics and in this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, it takes a little bit of a twist in the best possible way. I sat down with Merel Kriegsman to talk about charging premium pricing so that you can provide for your family and not have to worry about if you can pay the bills.

Merel Kriegsman, Women's Wealth Advocate, is dedicated to helping you become the wealthiest woman in your lineage. A former cleaning lady turned self-made Millionaire Matriarch, she believes that the most powerful thing we can do for our children is to become unapologetic female leaders who fearlessly demand what they're worth AND GET IT.

Topics covered in this episode include:

What your price point should feel like
What to do if you feel stuck in your pricing
Why your positioning matters when it comes to pricing
Setting boundaries and expectations so that you stay in charge
Advocating for ourselves in our business and lives

Charging premium pricing can be a game-changer for your business and life. Tune in to learn more!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/193

Resources Mentioned:

Visit Merel’s website: https://merelkriegsman.com

Follow Merel on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/merelkriegsman

Follow Merel on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/merelkriegsman/

Follow Merel on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@merelkriegsman6401

Connect with Merel on LinkedIn: https://ca.linkedin.com/in/merelkriegsman

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Let’s talk about Meta Ads.

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m sharing the five things you shouldn’t do as a Facebook and Instagram ads manager. These are the things that I have seen ad managers do that are actually a big no-no.

Topics covered in this episode include:

The mistake to avoid when pricing your services
What the risk reversal method is and how to use it
Setting expectations with clients
Who pays for ads when you’re an ad manager
Who should own the ad account and how to set it up
What to do when things don’t go well

Tune in to learn what these five things are so you can become a better ad manager!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/192

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Conversionsforclients.com

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Have you ever thought about using SEO to find more clients?

I haven’t talked about this on the podcast before so I’m so excited to be diving into it in this episode of Serve Scale Soar®. I sat down with a special guest, Mariah Magazine, to talk about how you can get started finding new clients using the power of SEO.

Mariah is an award-winning SEO & Visibility Strategist for online business owners over at MariahMagazine.com. She’s a firm believer that showing up on Google and marketing your business doesn’t have to be as difficult & overwhelming as everyone makes it.

Topics covered in this episode include:

What SEO actually is
The difference between SEO and Google ads
Whether it matters if you’re the first page of Google or not
Who Google SEO is for
Why SEO keywords matter
How SEO helps you own your genius
The best way to get started with SEO

SEO is a passive marketing strategy that you don’t want to miss out on so make sure to tune in!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/191

Resources Mentioned:

Get Mariah’s SEO Roadmap: https://www.mariahmagazine.com/seo-roadmap/

Check out her SEO Sprints: https://www.mariahmagazine.com/seo-sprints/

Follow Mariah on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/mariahmagazineco/

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Ready to learn more about planning for the expected in your business and life?

For the last nine months, we have been doing a four-part series all about planning for the expected in your business and life. In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, we are diving into part 3. I’ve been sharing how you can plan for something in your life that you know is coming up so that your business is still set up for success when you need to step away.

Topics covered in this episode include:

Asking for help is a good thing
Unexpected things will pop up no matter how much you prepare
How to deal with the fear of losing your business
Practice sessions are great for preparing for an extended leave
Why you need to leave white space in your calendar

I learned a lot during this series and I want to help you avoid the mistakes I made. Tune in to learn more!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/190

Resources Mentioned:

Listen to Part 1: https://brandimowles.com/2022/11/01/how-to-plan-for-the-expected-in-your-business-and-life-part-1/

Listen to Part 2: https://brandimowles.com/2023/02/07/how-to-plan-for-the-expected-in-your-business-and-life-part-2/

If you know me, you know one of my favorite topics is LinkedIn!

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Scott Aaron, a LinkedIn expert, to talk about how you can strategically use LinkedIn to land more clients for your service-based business.

Scott is an internationally acclaimed and award-winning online marketer, 3x best-selling author, top podcaster, and speaker, Scott Aaron, is the go-to specialist when it comes to converting traffic, establishing connections, generating leads, creating sales, and building personal brands all using LinkedIn.

Topics covered in this episode include:

What the four layers of LinkedIn are
The importance of optimizing your profile for your ideal client
Tips for using Power Partners on LinkedIn
Why you need to be strategic with your connections
Scott’s three-step process to creating a message people will respond to
Tips for how to share content on this platform
How to get started with LinkedIn

LinkedIn is such a good way to grow your business if you utilize it right. Tune in to learn more!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/189

Resources Mentioned:

Visit Scott’s website: www.scottaaron.net

Get Scott’s free guide to the Perfect LinkedIn Profile: https://networkacademy.kartra.com/page/OptimizeLinkedin?fbclid=IwAR12B9sfyv5r0zqM0vnG0dCSew15jXcT7gjQW-zoYM1o_lAfXu4dquZu0p4

Follow Scott on Instagram: www.instagram.com/scottaaronlinkedin

Connect with Scott on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/scottaaroncoach/

Tune in to Scott’s podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/networking-and-marketing-made-simple/id1441674842

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

If you’re someone who overthinks what to call yourself in business, I have good news for you: it doesn’t really matter!

A lot of people spend so much time coming up with a fancy name or title when they’re starting their virtual business, and they end up boxing themselves into a corner without realizing it. I want to help you avoid making the same mistake.

In this episode, I’m taking you through what really matters, and it’s not what you call yourself. Instead, we’re focusing on things like how you describe yourself and how you solve your clients’ problems.

Topics covered in this episode include:

What happens when you get hung up on your title
How to find more opportunities that are the right fit for you
Why your niche is more important than your title
They key to describing yourself and your services in a more powerful way
Four ways to communicate your value to clients

What you do has a lot more value than what you call yourself. Tune in to find out how to start getting more opportunities by making this one small shift.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/188

Resources Mentioned:

Free Workshop: servescalesoar.com/10k

Episode 186: Community Manager: One of the Hottest Services You Can Offer that Not Enough People Are Doing with Shana Lynn: www.brandimowles.com/186

Episode 172: 4 Types of Social Proof That Can Help You Land More Premium Clients: www.brandimowles.com/172

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Are you ready to do some spring cleaning?

I am not talking about spring cleaning your home. I am actually going over five different ways that you can do this with your business in this episode!

I think it is SO important to pause to compare where you are this year versus last year, and now is a great time to do that.

From automating systems to updating pricing and more, I am giving you some steps and tools that you can use to spring clean your business this year.

I am doing these things in my business right now, and I encourage you to do this right alongside me!

Full show notes available at www.brandimowles.com/187

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Want to learn about a service that is going to be one of the most in-demand services that you can offer in 2023? It’s also one that you can charge top dollar for.

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with my good friend, Shana, to talk all about becoming a community manager, what it is, and so much more. Community managers are so much more than virtual assistants. They can be a game changer, especially for high-ticket programs.

Shana is the community strategist behind many of the 7 & 8-figure brands you love. With more than a decade of experience, she’s been speaking about online communities since 2008.

Topics covered in this episode include:

The relationships you can build as a community manager
The role of a community manager and how it’s different from a VA
The ROIs that a community manager can provide
Qualities of a good community manager

Tune in to learn more about community managers and why you should consider offering this service this year!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/186

Resources Mentioned:

Become a community manager: https://brandiandcompany--shanalynn.thrivecart.com/cultivate-course/

Visit Shana’s website: https://www.shanalynn.com/

Check out Shana’s podcast: https://www.shanalynn.com/podcast

Follow Shana on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/shanaspeaks/

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Do you know what you should be tracking as a freelancer or online service provider?

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m sharing 8 things you need to be tracking in your business as a freelancer or online service provider. You may find that some of the things you are tracking in your business currently are completely unnecessary. You may also find that you aren’t tracking things that you really should be, especially if you’re looking to grow and scale.

Topics covered in this episode include:

Why knowing your numbers is so important
The top three financial numbers you need to track
What your action numbers are and why they’re important
The good-to-know numbers that will help your business

You don’t need a whole list of things to track, you just need these 8 things. Tune in to learn what they are and how to get started!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/185

Resources Mentioned:

Listen to episode 181: https://brandimowles.com/2023/02/14/the-proven-method-to-fall-back-in-love-with-your-business/

Check out my free training: https://servescalesoar.com/10k

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Have you ever thought about subcontracting to scale your business?

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Tricia Prues, a Serve Scale Soar® member and Conversions for Clients student, to talk about the unique route she has taken in her business. She embraced non-traditional paths to success by tapping into the power of subcontracting to scale her business faster.

Tricia Prues is a marketing and advertising strategist. She dedicates her work to helping other small businesses and entrepreneurs succeed by building brand awareness and generating leads through Facebook and Instagram advertising.

Topics covered in this episode include:

Why she decided to start offering Facebook and Instagram ads
How she was able to work through her fears
The benefits of having an accountability group
Tricia’s experience with subcontracting

Tricia’s story is so inspiring and you’re not going to want to miss it. Make sure to tune in!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/184

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Conversions for Clients: https://brandimowles.com/cfc-waitlist

Listen to the episode about what ad managers do: http://www.brandimowles.com/176

Listen to the episode about social proof: http://www.brandimowles.com/172

Connect with Tricia on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/triciaprues/

Connect with Tricia on Instagram: https://instagram.com/triciaprues

Connect with Tricia on LinkedIn: https://linkedin.com/in/tricia-prues

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

We all know that there are red flags to watch for when signing clients, but sometimes we miss those red flags until after we start working with them because we're blinded by landing a new client.

In today's episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I'm breaking down what red flags you should be looking for before actually taking on a client. I have seen this so many times with the people in my membership. They take on a client that quickly became very problematic. They weren’t able to get the results that they wanted and they ended up very unhappy.

When we looked back at the beginning, there were usually red flags right from the start that they didn’t recognize at the time.

So in this episode, I’m sharing 9 red flags that you can look for before you take on a client. Trust me, it is so much easier to say no to a client than trying to deal or fire them after you take them on.

If you're ready to find the warning signs of a red flag-type client, then make sure to tune in!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/183

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Are you ready to go down the YouTube rabbit hole?

This is one of my favorite places to be so I’m so excited to dive into it in this episode of Serve Scale Soar®! I sat down to chat with Sean Cannel to talk about if you should be using YouTube as a service provider and the impact that you can have on your business by offering YouTube management services.

If you like project management, want to offer a premium service, and be able to find clients, this episode is for you.

Sean Cannell is the CEO of Think Media and co-founder of Video Influencers. He is a YouTuber, international speaker, one of today’s leading online video experts, and the world’s most-watched YouTube strategist.

Tune in to find out how you can tap into the power of YouTube for yourself and your clients!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/182

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Sean’s book: https://www.amazon.com/YouTube-Secrets-Ultimate-Following-Influencer/dp/1544511817/ref=sr_1_1?crid=1HAYE01A83RLC&keywords=youtube+secrets&qid=1666293750&qu=eyJxc2MiOiIyLjQ2IiwicXNhIjoiMi4xNCIsInFzcCI6IjIuMjEifQ%3D%3D&sprefix=youtube+secr%2Caps%2C132&sr=8-

Check out Sean’s course– https://brandimowles.com/thinkmedia

Learn more about using affiliate marketing as a freelancer: https://brandimowles.com/2019/10/01/how-to-use-affiliate-marketing-as-a-service-provider/

Follow Sean on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/seancannell/

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

YouTube Secrets: The Ultimate Guide to Growing Your Following and Making Money as a Video Influencer

Have you ever had that feeling that you’ve fallen out of love with your business? It’s not what it was when you started. You don’t have the same passion and work can start to feel like a chore.

In this special Valentine’s Day episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m helping you reignite that spark and fall back in love with your business! I’m sharing a proven step-by-step path that you can take to fall back in love with it.

Entrepreneurship is an emotional roller coaster that we put ourselves through. It’s something we have to work on to keep that spark lit. It’s natural to fall out of love with it sometimes, but that doesn’t mean we can’t get back to that passion.

So what do we do when we find ourselves in the rut of not loving it anymore? I’m sharing the three most common things that entrepreneurs tell me and the framework that you can use to overcome them.

The beauty of entrepreneurship is you get to love what you do. Tune in to hear my best tips for making it happen!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/181

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Let’s talk some more about planning for the expected!

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m sharing part two of a four-part series where I’m diving into the topic of preparing for the expected in our business and our lives. For me, that means I’m preparing for a baby. For some of you, that may mean preparing for summer break or taking a vacation.

No matter what it is, there are things that we likely have on our calendar that we know about, which means we can plan ahead for them so that we are fully prepared and we don’t have to worry about our business falling apart.

There are some things that I am doing now to set myself up for the business that I want when the baby comes and I’m back in work mode. When you have things like this coming up, it’s the perfect time to decide if your business is where you want it to be.

Tune in to this episode to learn more about what I have been doing in preparation for my baby arriving this year and how I’m setting my business up for success when I come back.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/180

Resources Mentioned:

Listen to part 1: https://brandimowles.com/2022/11/01/how-to-plan-for-the-expected-in-your-business-and-life-part-1/

Wondering if you can build a successful service-based business on the side of your 9-5? It’s totally possible!

This may be one of my favorite episodes of Serve Scale Soar® ever. I’m sharing my conversation with Rucheli Berry who is working a full-time job and also pulling in $8K months after being in business for only 4 months.

Rucheli found fast success because she knew she didn’t have to reinvent the wheel. She joined Serve Scale Soar® and started following my proven plan by taking one step at a time. She did this while working full-time and taking care of four kids. She is such an inspiration!

Rucheli Berry is a Wife, Mom x4, Coffee Lover, Consciousness Seeker, and Software Engineer turned Tech Expert for Spiritual Entrepreneurs.

Now she's helping spiritual coaches, healers, creatives, and change-makers ditch the tech headaches and overwhelm so they can start and scale businesses that make the world a better place.

Tune in to learn more about how Rucheli grew her brand-new business fast and how you can too.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/179

Resources Mentioned:

Visit Rucheli’s website: https://www.rucheli.com

Follow Rucheli on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/rucheliberry

Join Rucheli’s Facebook group: https://www.facebook.com/groups/simplespiritualsystems

Follow Rucheli on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/rucheliberry

Check out my free training: https://servescalesoar.com/10k

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Are you ready to automate your client onboarding? Get more time back and become a client referral machine?

I want to invite you to my live workshop, the Wow Factor Onboarding experience, where I'm gonna take you through how to set up a wow factor onboarding experience that not only gives you more time back but helps you become a client referral machine.

Head to servescalesoar.com/wow and get your tickets today.

Wondering how you can up-level your services this year?

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m playing the role of a fortune teller and sharing my predictions for the most sought-after services in 2023. Given that I’m not actually a fortune teller, these are just my predictions based on the things that people are asking me for when it comes to service providers, what the people in my mastermind are doing, and my observations about what’s going on in the market.

This doesn’t mean that these are the only services that are going to be popular or that you should only jump on one of these. There are still tons of services that you can offer like OBMS or COOs, etc. Those will still be there. These are just the top ten that I’m seeing based on the way the market is moving.

If you’re offering any of these services, you’re going to be in high demand. And the best part about them is that they are premium services which means you can offer them at premium prices. They will give your business and income a serious level-up and you’ll be highly sought after.

Tune in to learn more about what these services are and why I anticipate that they will be so popular in 2023.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/178

Resources Mentioned:

Get a copy of 45 premium services you can offer: https://servescalesoar.com/45

Listen to my episode with Anna Powers: www.brandimowles.com/163

Listen to my episode with Jennifer Grayeb: www.brandimowles.com/141

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Are you ready for tax season?

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, we are talking about the super sexy topic of taxes. Now, that may not sound exciting but don’t leave me yet! We are digging into some of the most commonly asked questions I get about bookkeeping and taxes. This episode could potentially save you tons of money!

Joining me in this tax talk is Rebecca Driscoll from Conscious Accounting. She is my own accountant and she is here to tell us how we can prepare for tax season. There are a lot of misconceptions around taxes including when to file, LLC and S-Corp, and so much more, and Rebecca is here to help us understand everything we need to know.

Rebecca is a certified public accountant with a Masters of Accountancy from the University of South Florida. She founded Conscious Accounting in 2016 and has enjoyed watching Conscious Accounting grow over the years.

Tune in to learn more about estimated quarterly tax payments, the chances of getting audited, the importance of bookkeeping, and so much more!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/177

Resources Mentioned:

Visit Rebecca’s website: https://conscious-accounting.com/

Follow Rebecca on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/consciousaccounting/?hl=en

Check out The Small Business Builder: https://conscious-accounting.com/the-small-business-builder

Have you ever thought about becoming an ad manager?

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m diving into the topic to show you what ad managers really do, so if you are an ad manager or considering becoming one, this episode is for you. Even if you never thought about becoming an ad manager, hear me out—this episode might change your mind.

Ad managers have many different roles. While they do run Facebook and Instagram ads, that is only one of six roles that ads managers have. So I’m breaking down each of these roles and explaining if you need to do them, if you can outsource them, and what to do if you’re not good at those things. Then you can decide if ad management is right for you.

Each of these skills are learnable and I teach them inside my Conversions for Clients program. I have had many students that were intimidated at first that are now thriving ads managers.

Tune in to learn more about these roles, why they’re important, and how to know if becoming a Facebook or Instagram ads manager is the right move for you.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/176

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Conversions for Clients: www.conversionsforclients.com

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Have you ever considered becoming a Facebook and Instagram ads manager? This episode is for you! Even if you aren’t offering this service, there are some golden nuggets in this episode you won’t want to miss.

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with one of my Conversions for Clients students, Becky. She’s a Facebook and Instagram ads manager and I am so excited to share her story with you today. She came from a corporate background and never saw herself in entrepreneurship. She discovered Meta ads management and now has a thriving business.

Becky G. Mariano is a Facebook and Instagram Ad Strategist helping local and online businesses and entrepreneurs increase their reach and revenue through hyper-targeted digital advertising.

When Becky joined Conversions for Clients, she already had some experience. She joined the program so that she could expand her skills and better serve her new clients. She also found a supportive community that has helped to get the support she needs as she grows.

Becky’s story is so inspiring and I think you’re going to love her advice and transparency. Tune in to learn more about Becky’s business, data analytics, the importance of getting referrals, and so much more.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/175

Resources Mentioned:

Visit Becky’s website: https://mariano-media.com/

Follow Becky on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marianomediasocial/

Connect with Becky on Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/beckygmariano/

Check out the course on Google Data Studio – https://brandimowles.com/data

Learn more about Conversions for Clients: https://brandimowles.com/cfc-waitlist

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

I know I’m not alone in feeling like there is never enough time in a day to get everything done on my to-do list. This is a common feeling for most entrepreneurs, and it can be overwhelming!

In this week's episode of Serve Scale Soar®, we are going to be talking about how to get all the stuff done and finding the time to do it.

The key is to look at your time differently. It has worked for me, it has worked for many seven-figure entrepreneurs, and it has worked for people just getting started. No matter where you are on your journey, if you follow these four tips, you will find more time to get stuff done.

It doesn’t matter if you are single, married, or a mom. No matter what your situation is, we all have the same amount of time in a day and honestly, that’s pretty empowering if you think about it! It’s how we use that time that differs so much. Don’t use your situation as an excuse to not do the things you need to do!

Tune in to hear my tactical advice for making the most of your time and getting everything done. These tips are the things I have used to build my business as well as help the students inside of my program.

If you implement these tips, you will be able to accomplish your goals! Just go into it with an open mind and make the shift. Make sure you tune in to hear them all!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/174

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Did you do a Black Friday promotion this year?

Now that it has come and gone, I am ready to share my numbers with you and share the five lessons that I learned in the process. In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m sharing all of the details of how it went and what I will do differently or the same next year.

So if you have been wondering if Black Friday is something you should implement in 2023 or if you just love hearing the juicy details of a launch, this episode is for you.

It’s been a couple of weeks since I ran this sale and I now have all of my numbers, debriefs, and thoughts together about it all and I’m ready to chat!

I’m not a fan of discounting services or my main offers because I know that the price is right and the people who purchase are already getting an incredible deal. This year, however, I decided to take a course on running a Black Friday sale and I ran a sale on some of my new low-ticket offers so that I could donate some profits to help those impacted by the hurricane.

Join me as I share what I did to prepare, how these offers performed during the promotion, lessons learned on my first Black Friday sale, and what I would change for next year.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/173

Resources Mentioned:

Episode 130: How To Increase Your Revenue and Find More Clients Using Tiny Offers with Allie Bjerk: https://brandimowles.com/130

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

What the heck is social proof? And how can we use it in our one-on-one service-based business?

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m diving into this topic and sharing the different types of social proof that you can add to your business so that you can land more clients that actually pay your premium prices.

If you don’t know what social proof is, it’s a psychological phenomenon where people assume the actions of others in an attempt to reflect correct behavior for a given situation.

People want to take the actions that other people have taken because they want to get the same results those people had. It’s incredibly effective and it can be used in your one-on-one freelance business.

There are four main types of social proof that you can use in your business. I’m sharing what they are, the best way to use them, and who it’s for.

How much potential revenue have you been missing out on? I have a feeling it’s a lot if you’re not utilizing social proof. Tune in to this episode to learn ways to get and utilize social proof in your business so that you can start signing more high-ticket clients.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/172

Resources Mentioned:

Get my social proof resource: https://servescalesoar.com/socialproof

Link to live showcase testimonial: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AFof_F_wFGI

Listen to the episode with Angie Trueblood: https://podcasts.apple.com/ie/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Are you afraid of taking risks in your business?

It can be scary to take risks, especially in your business. However, sometimes calculated risks are exactly what you need to break free of your comfort zone and reach your full potential. In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Lauren Golden to talk about how you can start taking calculated risks in your business.

Lauren Golden is an award-winning entrepreneur, best-selling author, speaker, and coach whose mission is to help one million women take their next step of courageous action.

From overwhelmed mom with loads of personal debt to a multi-million-dollar lifestyle entrepreneur, Lauren’s own transparency and resilience has inspired women worldwide and helped them pursue a totally awesome life, one step at a time.

As founder and CEO of The Free Mama, Lauren has developed programs that have transformed the lives of tens of thousands of women in dozens of countries across 5 continents, and altered the trajectory of how moms balance family and work.

She is a dynamic and sought-after speaker who shares her strategies to make big, bold shifts in life and business, making her a popular choice for events, sharing the stage with the likes of Tony Robbins, Russell Brunson, and Trent Shelton.

Lauren has so much amazing advice to share on this topic. Make sure to tune in to learn more about the benefits of being a risk-taker, why you have to take risks if you want to reach your potential, and how to get started taking calculated risks.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/171

Resources Mentioned:

Visit Lauren’s website: https://www.laurengolden.com/

Follow Lauren on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/LaurenGoldenFreeMama/

Join Lauren’s Facebook group: https://www.facebook.com/groups/thefreemamamovement/

Follow Lauren on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/LaurenGoldenfreemama

Follow Lauren on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/laurengoldenfreemama/

Connect with Lauren on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/laurengoldenfreemama/

Listen to Laura’s episode: www.brandimowles.com/152

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Let’s “keep it simple sweetie” while we plan for next year. What do you think?

I plan to use my “KISS” philosophy while I plan for next year because it is incredibly impactful, it gets results and it’s not overwhelming.

I am walking you through that philosophy in this episode along with the three main things that I focus on that move the needle forward in my business.

I have some scary and amazing goals that I am sharing with you as well throughout the episode.

I know listening to this will help you prepare for next year and start dreaming big about the things that you want to happen in your life and in your business next year.

I know that if you believe in yourself and in your goals, you will reach them. I have experienced this firsthand, so tune in to learn my philosophy and what I think you should focus on going into next year.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/170

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Are you running a business as a new mom?

It can be overwhelming to try to juggle being a mom and a service-based business owner, but it’s totally possible! In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am doing an entrepreneur spotlight with Rachel Greeno, a Conversions for Clients student and Serve Scale Soar® member.

She’s a Facebook ad manager and she’s here to share her experience with taking maternity leave, running a business as a new mom, what it’s like to lose all of your clients and have to start over, and so much more.

Rachel is a Funnel Strategist who pivoted from a career in corporate PR to building a boutique social media marketing agency. She founded Lamplighter Marketing in 2017 and for the first 4 years, she struggled through all the growing pains associated with going from solopreneur to an agency.

She now has an AMAZING team of seasoned strategists and managers who help her B2C eCommerce, home services, health & wellness, and alcoholic beverage clients with cross-platform ads and organic management.

Tune in to learn how Rachel grew her business as a new mom and how you can too!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/169

Resources Mentioned:

Visit Rachel’s website: https://lamplightermarketing.com

Connect with Rachel on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/rachelgreeno/

Follow Rachel on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/lamplightermarketing/

Follow Rachel on TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@lamplightermarketing

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Should you be using Honeybook in your business or Dubsado?

People are constantly asking me which one is best, and honestly, either one of them is a great choice—I have used them both and think they’re both amazing products. But there are a few factors you may want to consider before you decide.

Consider this episode of Serve Scale Soar® the battle of the CRMs! I’m diving into both systems, breaking them down, talking about their pricing and features, and I am also sharing what my Serve Scale Soar® members think.

If you aren’t familliar, CRMs are a place for you to house your client information. They can be used for contracts, invoices, proposals, and your email communications, so essentially, they help you manage your clients in a simple, streamlined, and automated way.

Tune in to learn about the differences between these two softwares, their pricing information, and how to know what’s right for you so that you can automate your business and start saving tons of time.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/168

Resources Mentioned:

Sign up for Dubsado: http://brandimowles.com/dubsado

Sign up for Honeybook: http://brandimowles.com/honeybook

Check out Delighted with Dubsado: https://www.brandimowlestraining.com/dubsado

Check out Honeybook in a Hurry: https://www.brandimowlestraining.com/honeybook

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Have you heard of VIP Days or Intensives? If so, do you know what the difference even is? Don’t worry, I’m here to answer all of your questions!

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m sharing what the difference between these two offers is, how to know if they’re right for you, and how you can add them to your business.

In my business, I consider intensives to be paid discovery calls. They are quick and offer my clients a ton of strategy and value. Alternatively, VIP Days are more of a VIP experience with tons of implementation.

Both offers have pros and cons. They have different time commitments, strategies, and price points, but they can both be a great way to increase your business revenue. And you can offer them both if it works for your business!

Tune in to learn more about what these two types of offers are and how to decide which one you should start implementing into your business. You’ll learn about the strategies, onboarding process, commitment, and expectations for each one, so you don’t want to miss this episode!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/167

Resources Mentioned:

Listen to my episode with Amanda Scott: www.brandimowles.com/128

Listen to my episode with Jordan Gill: https://brandimowles.com/2020/08/11/scale-your-business-using-vip-days/

Listen to my hourly vs. package pricing episode: www.brandimowles.com/158

Get my free training: https://servescalesoar.com/10k

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

In the business world, we are always being told that we should be planning for the unexpected. And while I 100% believe that, I think it’s also very important to plan and prepare for the expected.

For so many of us, there are things that come up throughout the year that we are expecting to come up, and yet we wait until the last minute to plan for it, or worst case scenario, we don’t plan for it at all.

Whether it’s your kids coming home for summer break, vacations, or pregnancy like me, these are things that we can anticipate and plan for ahead of time so that it’s not overwhelming or stressful when it does happen.

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m beginning a series where I share my best tips for planning for those expected things that come up in your business so that you are fully prepared and your business doesn’t suffer. When you have systems and plans in place, things are so much easier! This also makes it easier to deal when the unexpected happens.

Tune in to part one in the four-part series where I will walk you through how I am preparing for the expected in my business and how you can too.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/166

Resources Mentioned:

Check out our free resources: http://brandimowles.com

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Are you looking for some serious inspiration?

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Natalie, one of my Conversions for Clients students, to talk about how she went from making $500 a month as a VA to having consistent five-figure months in one year as a single mom.

Natalie Anne Martin is a Facebook Ad Strategist and single mom. After 10+ years of bartending, she decided to start working online to be able to spend more time with her daughter and also earn enough to support them both on her own.

She found her passion for Facebook Ads when she entered the online space as a high-ticket affiliate marketer and quickly pivoted to launch her own business helping other online entrepreneurs scale their businesses and create more passive income with Facebook Ads.

Within 1.5 years, she has scaled her business to start generating consistent 5-figure months and loves that she's able to help other moms gain more time for their kids with the services she provides.

Tune in to learn more about Natalie's journey from VA to Facebook ads strategist as a single mom who completely transformed her life in just one year.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/165

Resources Mentioned:

Follow Natalie on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/natalieanneads/

Visit Natalie’s website: https://www.natalieanneads.com/

Get on the waitlist for Conversions for Clients: https://brandimowles.com/cfc-waitlist

Check out Natalie’s free ads checklist: https://www.natalieanneads.com/free-ads-checklist

Episode 62: How Hollie Lowes Went From Broke Backpacker to a High-Income World Traveler: https://brandimowles.com/2020/10/27/world-traveler/

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

If you’re anything like me, you love a good software. I am the queen of finding the best software, but we do try to keep it as simple as possible. If you know me, you know my motto is “keep it simple, sweetie” and that was the whole goal this year. Simplicity.

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m sharing the 14 tools that I use for my business that we are loving in 2022. The more that we can automate our business, the more time we can get back and the less of a team we need.

My business grew fast, and with that amount of growth in that amount of time, we had to upgrade our systems because the ones we had just didn’t work anymore. So we have been on a mission to get our tech stack perfected.

We went back to the basics to simplify and streamline as much as possible. The software I’m sharing worked for us, but they may not work for you. Just because I love it and it works for my business doesn’t mean that you have to try it too. It’s all about finding what’s right for your business.

Tune in to find out the 14 top tools, why we love them, how we use them, and who I think they would be right for.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/164

Resources Mentioned:

Slack: https://slack.com

Zoom: https://zoom.us

Google: https://workspace.google.com

Showit: https://showit.co

Convertkit: https://convertkit.com

Clickup: http://Brandimowles.com/clickup

Dubsado: http://brandimowles.com/dubsado

Searchie: http://brandimowles.com/searchie

Xperiencify: https://xperiencify.com

Thrivecart: http://brandimowles.com/thrivecart

Handwrytten: https://www.handwrytten.com

Canva: https://brandimowles.com/canva

AddEvent: https://www.addevent.com/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com

Honeybook: http://brandimowles.com/honeybook

Kajabi: http://brandimowles.com/kajabi

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Are you ready to start offering a premium service but you don’t want to go the ads or funnel-building route?

Many people know what copywriting is, but conversion copywriting is a premium service that not enough people are tapping into. This service can give your business a major upgrade.

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Anna Powers to talk about what conversion copywriting is, why it’s a premium service, and how to know if it’s right for you. Even if you’re not a copywriter, stick with me. We talk about a lot of things like pricing strategies, tips for handling clients, and other amazing tips for your business.

Anna Powers is a Conversion Copywriter and Online Business Mentor who helps her clients get paid to write copy through her Clickworthy Copywriting Certification™.

A former civil litigator, Anna now uses her background of analysis and strategy to support 7- and 8-figure business owners with their messaging and to train and certify copywriters so they can build thriving online businesses. Past clients' results include a $4.4 million launch, quadrupling email open rates, and doubling annual revenue.

As a conversion copywriter, your job is to create words that sell. You’re building a relationship that can then move people from one place into a more helpful place where they're going to be more likely to get the results that they want.

Tune in to learn more about this service and how you can become a conversion copywriter!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/163

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Anna’s website: https://www.saraannapowers.com/

Follow Anna on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/saraannapowers

Follow Anna on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/saraannapowers

Get Anna’s FREE Guide to the Business of Copywriting: https://annapowers.lpages.co/guide/

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Are you ready to start offering a premium service but you don’t want to go the ads or funnel-building route?

Many people know what copywriting is, but conversion copywriting is a premium service that not enough people are tapping into. This service can give your business a major upgrade.

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Anna Powers to talk about what conversion copywriting is, why it’s a premium service, and how to know if it’s right for you. Even if you’re not a copywriter, stick with me. We talk about a lot of things like pricing strategies, tips for handling clients, and other amazing tips for your business.

Anna Powers is a Conversion Copywriter and Online Business Mentor who helps her clients get paid to write copy through her Clickworthy Copywriting Certification™.

A former civil litigator, Anna now uses her background of analysis and strategy to support 7- and 8-figure business owners with their messaging and to train and certify copywriters so they can build thriving online businesses. Past clients' results include a $4.4 million launch, quadrupling email open rates, and doubling annual revenue.

As a conversion copywriter, your job is to create words that sell. You’re building a relationship that can then move people from one place into a more helpful place where they're going to be more likely to get the results that they want.

Tune in to learn more about this service and how you can become a conversion copywriter!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/163

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Anna’s website: https://www.saraannapowers.com/

Follow Anna on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/saraannapowers

Follow Anna on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/saraannapowers

Get Anna’s FREE Guide to the Business of Copywriting: https://annapowers.lpages.co/guide/

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Have you ever wondered about adding a Shopify store to your website to increase your income?

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Monica Froese to talk about how to easily increase your income with a Shopify store.

If you have no interest in creating a course or membership or anything like that, stay with us! I truly believe this is a great way to add a few extra hundred or thousand dollars to your account every month without having to actually create anything new.

Monica is a digital product coach for women business owners and host of the popular podcast, Empowered Business. She has an MBA degree in finance and marketing and runs two brands Redefining Mom, a site for helping women find their identity outside of motherhood, and Empowered Business, where she empowers women to create financial independence through building 6-figure digital product businesses.

She spent 11 years working for a Fortune 100 company running multi-million dollar marketing campaigns with large brands like Microsoft and HP. Now she provides online marketing education to small businesses that are looking to build a profitable revenue stream through digital products through her online programs and podcast.

There is so much potential with digital products, and if you already have an email list, you could be leaving money on the table by not starting your shop. Tune in to learn more about how to do it!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/162

Resources Mentioned:

Visit Monica’s website: https://monicafroese.com/sss

Follow Monica on Facebook: https://facebook.com/monicanfroese

Follow Monica on Instagram: https://instagram.com/monica.froese

Connect with Monica on LinkedIn: https://linkedin.com/in/monicafroese

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

How visible is your business?

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, we are talking all about how to get visible. I sat down with Lisa Richards, a PR guest expert to talk you through the Ladder of Visibility. We’re not just talking about podcast guesting, getting featured on Forbes, writing blog posts, or getting on YouTube. We’re actually talking about all of it and what order you can do it in.

Lisa Simone Richards is a PR & Visibility Strategist for online coaches who want to get seen everywhere. Through her free workshops, masterclasses, and mentorship program, she gives you the insider secrets on how to get exposure and reach more people without spinning on social media or wasting more money on Facebook ads.

Her clients learn the lather-rinse-repeat formula for more visibility which makes them more sales. They go from invisible to in-demand getting interviewed on top podcasts, partnering with big names in their industry and building their authority expert status getting featured on major media like FOX, NBC, Forbes, Inc., and more.

Tune in to learn more from Lisa about earned media, the Ladder of Visibility, how to find podcasts to be a guest on, and so much more!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/161

Resources Mentioned:

Visit Lisa’s website: www.lisasimonerichards.com

Join The Build Your Authority Online Facebook group: www.facebook.com/groups/buildyourauthorityonline

Download the Perfect Podcast Pitch Template: www.theperfectpodcastpitch.com

The 3 Types of Traffic For Your Business and How To Determine Which One’s Right For You: https://brandimowles.com/137

How to Pitch Yourself on Podcasts to Get More Clients with Angie Trueblood: https://brandimowles.com/2019/10/22/angie-trueblood/

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

“What does your contract say?”

If you’re a member of Serve Scale soar®, you’ve probably heard me say this before. As service providers, issues will come up—whether it’s late payments, clients canceling their contracts, or even scope creep, but how you have to handle it will always come down to your contract.

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m diving into the four things you need to have in your contract to protect yourself and your business. So many people forget these crucial pieces, but including them makes life so much easier.

With freelancers, virtual assistants, or service providers, the chances of getting sued are so incredibly small because if there were damages or a dispute about your work, the value is probably so low that it would actually cost more to go to court than just to forget the whole situation to begin with.

Does that mean you can never be sued? No! People could be sued for anything, but your risk in this profession is lower. However, I 100% believe that everyone should have a contract. What I love about contracts is that many times, it handles the conflicts for you. You can always refer back to it when issues with clients come up.

Tune in to learn how you can uplevel your contracts and make uncomfortable client situations easier to handle.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/160

Resources Mentioned:

Join us inside of Serve Scale Soar®: https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

This episode of Serve Scale Soar® is a super special one because we are celebrating our 3-year anniversary!

To celebrate, I have a special guest joining me today. Stephanie Judice is my podcast producer, and she is joining us today to talk about her podcast management business, how she works, client retention, and so much more.

This podcast episode isn’t just for podcast managers! It has useful tips and information for any service provider. Stephanie has so much knowledge to share, so I am so excited she joined us.

Stephanie is the CEO of a podcast production agency that works primarily with female coaches, consultants, and course creators to help them launch their podcasts and provide ongoing management services. With a knack for project management, organization, and design, Stephanie found her calling when one of her VA clients wanted to start a podcast. Thanks to google and YouTube, Stephanie started her biz from home and has grown into a small agency that now serves clients across the US!

Make sure to tune in to learn more about Stephanie's secrets to client retention, referrals, the systems that increase her success, and so much more.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/159

Resources Mentioned:

Visit Stephanie’s website: www.stephaniejudice.com

Follow Stephanie on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/stephaniejudice

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

“Don’t clients want hourly, and not cookie cutter packages?”

This is a question I see asked a lot, so in this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m diving in to answer it because there’s a lot to unpack here.

Are there clients that want hourly? Absolutely. Are there clients that want packages? 100%. Are there clients that think they want hourly but end up going with packages? You bet.

It’s really up to you how you price your services, however, there are differences in the way most clients see you based on if you are hourly or package pricing. Hourly clients tend to treat you as an “employee” instead of a business owner or contractor. You’re also more likely to see things like scope creep with hourly clients which is definitely something to consider when you decide on pricing your services.

So what do you do? It’s all about how you deliver the information during your discovery call. You are delivering a transformation with your packages, and sometimes, clients don’t realize that until you explain it. By showing them the benefits of package pricing, many clients are okay with purchasing a package.

Tune in to hear more about the pros and cons of packages vs. hourly pricing, what clients are looking for, and how to communicate with clients who may be reluctant for packages so that you can systemize and scale with simplicity.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/158

Resources Mentioned:

Listen to the Discovery Call episode: https://brandimowles.com/2022/07/05/15-minute-discovery-call/

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Are you ready to scale your business?

As service providers, it can be hard to scale because you only have so much time in a day. The idea of scaling to $10K months can feel so out of reach, but it doesn’t have to be! There are ways you can scale your business with or without a team.

In today’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am talking all about how to scale with simplicity in your service-based business. This is one of my favorite topics and today I’m sharing my four-part framework on how to make it happen.

I teach this information in my 10K training and we go deep into this topic inside of Serve Scale Soar®. I am so excited to share it with you here today as well. I’ve helped over 100 entrepreneurs hit six figures by using this framework. It is totally possible for you too!

It’s all about those foundational pieces. Sometimes you need to head back to the roadmap and focus on moving the needle instead of letting shiny object syndrome get the best of you.

This is the framework that I use in my own business today and I constantly revisit it. Whether you’re just starting out or making five-figure months, it works no matter where you are in your business.

Tune in to hear my tips for packaging your services, setting up systems, increasing your marketing minutes, elevating your brand, and scaling your business.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/157

Resources Mentioned:

Listen to the Onboarding Clients episode: https://brandimowles.com/2020/12/29/onboarding-process/

Get 50% off Honeybook for one year: brandimowles.com/honeybook

Sign up for Dubsado: brandimowles.com/dubsado

Listen to the Active Vs. Passive Marketing episode: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/passive-vs-active-marketing-how-where-to-market-your/id1477998650?i=1000465256759

Listen to the Discovery Call episode: https://brandimowles.com/2022/07/05/15-minute-discovery-call/

Listen to the VIP Day episode: https://brandimowles.com/2020/08/11/scale-your-business-using-vip-days/

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®. Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Is your ideal client hanging out on LinkedIn? Do you think that you’re even using LinkedIn to the fullest?

In this episode, we are bringing back a fan favorite and we’re chatting all about LinkedIn and the magical clients that you can find on it.

I am covering the 3 steps you can take today to start attracting high-end clients on Linkedin, how to make sure your profile is optimized, why you should have your picture (not your logo!) on your profile, how to use keywords to search on Linkedin to find your ideal clients and so much more.

LinkedIn is one of the ways that I was able to take my business from $4,000/month to $8,000/month after adding three new clients and working less.

If you want to know the trick to that, tune in to this episode because I am teaching you how you can do the same.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/156

Resources Mentioned:

Temi Transcription: https://www.temi.com

Get my FREE video tutorial: https://brandimowles.com/linkedin

Additional Resources:

Learn More About Serve Scale Soar https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Are you wondering if you can have a successful business with a super niche market?

I have heard from so many people that they can’t niche down because they will lose out on so many clients, but that’s really not the case at all. You can actually grow your business so much more if you do niche down.

In today’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with one of my Beta to Biggie students, Jenna Quentin, to talk about how she is rocking it with a super niche market. She also shares how she uses in-person events to land clients and students and how she structured her membership.

After years as a freelance writer and journalist, Jenna combined her love of natural health with writing skills to found Adjust Your Media. Serving chiropractors exclusively, she helps clients increase their impact through content creation and storytelling.

Whether she’s coaching clients to DIY or managing their blogs and social media accounts, Jenna is dedicated to sharing health from the inside out. Jenna lives a slightly chaotic fairytale with her French firefighter husband and their 4 kids.

Whether you’re a service provider or course creator, you will love Jenna’s story. She has so much valuable insight into thinking outside the box when it comes to business, pivoting, mindset shifts, and so much more. Tune in to hear her story!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/155

Resources Mentioned:

Visit Jenna’s website: https://www.jennaquentin.com

Follow Jenna on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/adjustyourmedia/

Episode 127: How To Use A Leveraged Program To Scale Your Services www.brandimowles.com/127

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: http://servescalesoar.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

It’s my birthday! And to celebrate, I created this special episode of the podcast for you where I’m sharing 32 lessons that I have learned in 32 years. Most of them are business related, but I am sharing some personal lessons too.

I am a firm believer that birthdays are so important and they should be celebrated! So this is my way of doing that. I have learned a lot over the years and I have grown so much both personally and in business.

These tips are a culmination of what I have learned and want to share with others. They include valuable lessons on things like why you should lead with love, the importance of simplicity, how to dust yourself off and try again, and so much more.

It all comes down to being true to yourself, following your gut, and trusting that things are going to happen when they are meant to. Don’t rush your timeline, things will happen at just the right time.

I share so many more tips and life lessons just like these on the show. If you’re ready to celebrate with me and learn my 32 lessons, make sure to tune into this special episode.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/154

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: http://servescalesoar.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

What do you do when a client is unhappy with the services you provided or when a client is coming to you after being unhappy with another service provider?

This episode of Serve Scale Soar® is all about client struggles. We all have them, but what do you do? When we have clients that want something specific, it’s really important that we set clear expectations for them right away.

It takes open and honest communication, realistic expectations, and boundaries to ensure a great client relationship. It helps you build trust and really impress your clients so they want to work with you forever.

You will have struggles with clients, and you’ll have clients that have had struggles with other service providers. The important thing to remember is that there are things that we can do to fix the issues and wow them so that they build their trust back in service providers.

Tune in to hear my best tips for dealing with difficult client relationships and preventing them with honest expectations about what results can be achieved.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/153

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: http://servescalesoar.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Have you ever wanted to become a consultant?

Inside of Serve Scale Soar®, we have what’s called the Scale With Simplicity System, and it has four pillars on how you can really scale your service-based business. The last one is to elevate your business, your services, and your brand. We talk about the ways to scale and one of the ways we talk about is to offer a premium service.

Consulting actually never even crossed my mind until recently, so in today’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m chatting with Laura Meyer to talk all about how to grow your business by becoming a consultant.

Laura Meyer is an expert of experts—helping the country's top thought leaders, influencers, and mission-driven entrepreneurs create profit growth, effective marketing, and brand strategy from their zones of genius.

As a serial entrepreneur who has spent 15 years scaling multiple six and seven-figure online and offline companies, she helps high-impact women create brands that make a difference in the world. Laura is also the co-founder of the Advance Women's Expert Network with her business partner Kelly Roach, where over 300 women come together to grow their own personal expert brand in order to catapult themselves into a category of one through community, connection, and co-collaboration.

Becoming a consultant is such an amazing opportunity for one-on-one service providers. Make sure to tune in to learn more about why this is such a great way to create an extra revenue stream or scale your business.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/152

Resources Mentioned:

Get Access to the 3 Types of Consulting Packages That High-End Clients Love to Buy: https://joypreneur.lpages.co/consulting-packages/

Visit Laura’s website: https://laurameyer.consulting/

Follow Laura on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/lauraemeyer/?hl=en

Connect with Laura on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/laura-novak

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: http://servescalesoar.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

What is your scaling path?

As service providers, we have so many options when it comes to scaling. There’s raising prices, getting a premium service, adding an intensive, growing a team, or even creating a digital product. But how do you know which option is right for you?

In today’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m breaking down the most common scaling paths and discussing the pros and cons of each one so that you can decide which one is best for you.

By the end of this episode, you’ll have a clear path about which one is right for your goals, not what everyone else is telling you to do from a marketing angle.

There’s always so many ideas and paths to success swirling around that it can get overwhelming to know what to focus on, but what’s really important is that you find what works for you. Just because something worked for one business owner, doesn’t mean it will work for another.

There is no one right way to do anything in business. You can choose more than one of these scaling paths if you want, just take them one at a time. Your opportunities for scaling are limitless!

Tune in to hear the top 4 scaling paths (plus a bonus path!) so that you can decide which path to success is right for you.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/151

Resources Mentioned:

VIP Days episode with Jordan Gill: https://brandimowles.com/2020/08/11/scale-your-business-using-vip-days/

Affiliate Marketing as a Service Provider podcast episode: https://brandimowles.com/2019/10/01/how-to-use-affiliate-marketing-as-a-service-provider/

Leveraged Program podcast episode: https://brandimowles.com/2022/06/21/what-type-of-leveraged-program-is-right-for-you/

How Kate Ahl Grew Her Agnecy podcast episode: https://brandimowles.com/2021/06/08/how-kate-ahl-grew-her-agency-and-became-the-go-to-pinterest-expert/

Podcast Agency episode with Stephanie Judice: https://brandimowles.com/2022/01/11/should-you-start-a-podcast-with-stephanie-judice/

Hiring Tips episode with Julie Calcote: https://brandimowles.com/2022/05/03/hiring-success-when-to-hire-what-to-delegate-and-how-to-find-the-right-person-with-julie-calcote/

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: http://servescalesoar.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Are you scared of niching down in your business?

In the online business world, we hear this constantly: the riches are in the niches. But it can be hard to do because you feel like if you niche down, you’ll be missing out on so much business because you’ll drastically cut down on your audience. However, by niching down, you really can grow your business so much more and so much faster.

In today’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with one of my Beta to Biggie members, Merel Pyhala, to talk about how choosing to serve a super niched audience propelled her business into a huge success.

Merel Pyhala is a photographer of weddings in the summer and an Online Business Coach year-round. She used to be a multi-passionate entrepreneur, but she found her jam in helping other people build their online programs.

Merel’s audience is specifically Dutch people who want to start an online program. Do you know the population of Holland? It’s not that large! However, Merel is experiencing massive success in her online business.

You’ll find your people if you show up and start serving them. That’s what Merel did. She’s a dreamer and an action taker. She found her niche with Dutch people and grew her business fast because she wasn’t afraid to dive in and charge what she’s worth, even at the beginning. Tune in to learn how she did it and how you can too.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/150

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Merel’s website: https://www.thebusinessadventure.com/

Follow Merel on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/merelpyhala/

Sign up for my free training: https://betatobiggie.com/million

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: http://servescalesoar.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Have you ever wanted to just nail a discovery call?

Discovery calls are an important part of being a service provider. It’s how we meet with our potential clients and find out if we are a good fit for their needs and vice versa. When we have discovery calls, we all want to land the client, but how can you ensure that happens most of the time?

In this week's episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am breaking down the 10 step formula to holding not only a successful discovery call but a 15-minute discovery call. I know that sounds impossible, but it isn’t! I teach it in my Serve Scale Soar® membership and people share their testimonials all of the time.

Usually, if discovery calls are longer than that, it’s because there is a breakdown somewhere. And a lot of times, it comes down to us trying to prove our worth and why that client should hire us. You should never have to prove your value to anyone on a discovery call! They are intended for both of you to decide if you’re a good fit. If you are finding that the potential client is making you feel like you’re not worth the investment, you’re probably not a good fit for each other.

With this 10 step formula, you’ll learn how to keep your discovery calls short and to the point in a way that is effective and doesn’t leave you proving your worth. Clients will get a chance to meet you, learn about how you work, and what they can get if they work with you. It works like a charm.

Tune in to learn the steps so you can start nailing your discovery calls!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/149

Resources Mentioned:

Get the FREE Discovery Call resource: https://servescalesoar.com/discovery

Listen to the Onboarding podcast episode: https://brandimowles.com/2020/12/29/onboarding-process/

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: http://servescalesoar.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Are you thinking about launching your beta offer?

I have an amazing, heated conversation for you all today in this week’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®. I had intended to dive into the topic of beta offers with my guest Brittany McBean, but it turned into so much more than that. We talk about building an audience, nailing your messaging, meeting your audience where they are, and more.

Brittany McBean is a launch strategist & conversion copywriter who specializes in anti-sleazy, ethical, high-converting copy for online course creators & educators.

She believes that Black lives matter now and always, marketing needs to help, not harm, and that it's our responsibility to use our platforms to build up, magnify, and support historically and systemically marginalized people.

Through her research-based strategy and copy, she helps industry leaders like Rick Mulready, Brandi Mowles, and Lattice Hudson run multi 6 & 7-figure launches and funnels through clear messaging and ethical marketing practices.

She'll talk just to hear herself talk, but you'll get the least nonsense out of her if you want to talk about ethical marketing, launch strategy, her journey with infertility & mental health, and open adoption. She also believes in the Oxford comma and will fight you on it.

The sky is the limit when we can meet people where they are with your messaging. Tune in to this episode to learn how to do it!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/148

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Brittany's website: www.brittanymcbean.com

Check out her YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/brittanymcbean

Follow Brittany on Instagram: www.instagram.com/brittanylmcbean

Get FREE Research Templates: https://brittanymcbean.com/research

Join Beta To Biggie: https://betatobiggie.com/

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram:

Are you interested in creating a leveraged program but not sure what type is best for you?

When it comes to leveraged programs, you can choose from courses, memberships, group coaching, low ticket offers, and more. But how do you choose one? There are so many factors that go into each one and it’s important that you understand what you’re getting yourself into before you begin.

If you aren’t sure what to choose, you’re in the right place. In today’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m sharing how you can choose a leveraged program that is perfect for business.

If you don’t know me, you probably don’t know that I am actually obsessed with helping people create offers. This is what I do daily inside of Beta to Biggie with my members. The moment it clicks with them, I can see it in their eyes and it just lights me up!

The truth is, just because you provide one service, that doesn’t mean that’s all you can offer. A leveraged program is a perfect way to increase your revenue.

A leveraged program is something that is scalable to the masses, and it can look different for everyone. With a leveraged program, you just do the work one time, and it serves a ton of people.

Tune in to learn more about the benefits of a leveraged program and the pros and cons of each type so that you can choose the one that's right for you.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/147

Resources Mentioned:

Workshop: How To Create An Offer That Sells Like Hotcakes and Lights You Up: https://betatobiggie.com/HotCakes

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Let’s talk about brand strategy!

If you have ever wondered what brand strategy is or why you even need it in your business, this episode is for you. Brand strategy is so much more than a cool logo and matching colors! There are actually 13 pillars of brand strategy and in this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Nikki Arensman to tell you all about it.

Nikki Arensman is a Brand Designer & Strategist and the host of The Business of Branding Podcast. Nikki helps female service providers & creatives build a binge-worthy brand while staying true to YOU.

Nikki is a Creator of Brand Identity Breakthrough – DFY Branding Kit that allows service providers to stand out online in an ethical way while not spending thousands on their branding!

She also is a soon-to-be mother of 2, and she is the Former Founder & CEO of a nearly million-dollar women's activewear line, JIVA Active, that started with only a $300 investment! Whether working with a 1:1 client, coaching in her courses, or speaking on stage, Nikki aims to help her audience realize that they have expertise and uniqueness that, if tapped into, can give them access to standing out, being seen, and selling more.

I know it can be overwhelming to hear that there are 13 pillars to your brand strategy, but don’t let that scare you. You just have to show up and start.

Tune in to hear more about these pillars and how you can get started creating a brand that will help your business stand out in the crowd.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/146

Resources Mentioned:

Get the Brand Identity Breakthrough: https://bib.nikkiarensman.com/

How Binge-Worthy Is Your Brand? Free quiz: https://quiz.tryinteract.com/#/614cb0e49db8040018f96af3

Follow Nikki on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/nikkiarensman/

Visit Nikki’s website: https://www.nikkiarensman.com/

Listen to The Business of Branding Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-business-of-branding/id1415260941

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

We all love to plan and make big goals for ourselves and our businesses. That’s part of being an entrepreneur! But did you know that a lot of us are doing it wrong? Many of us are setting ourselves up for failure and we don’t even know it. Not planning well will lead to not hitting goals, and when we consistently don’t hit our goals, it can cause us to feel discouraged and tempted to give up. So in this week’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am breaking down the one strategy that we implemented to change the game. We are getting more done, we’re creating more wins, and we are actually excited to work because we are hitting our goals.

For many of us, planning looks like this: you plan out your goals for the whole year, then you break it down into quarters, and go from there. Those quarters contain 90 days, and for an entrepreneur, that is a lifetime. So much can happen in that time! Let’s be honest, we can get a little squirrelly with our goals and jump from one thing to the next and the next thing you know, you have a bunch of unfinished projects and goals. This type of goal setting will put you on the fast track to frustration, burnout, and the desire to quit, but it doesn’t have to be that way! Let’s change the narrative on how we plan our goals.

This simple change in how you plan out your goals will lead to more and more wins. When we are winning in our business, we are more likely to stick it out! I want that longevity and sense of accomplishment for you.

If you’re ready to plan better and win more, this episode is for you!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/145

Resources Mentioned:

Delighted With Dubsado: https://www.brandimowlestraining.com/dubsado

Honeybook In A Hurry: https://www.brandimowlestraining.com/honeybook

Apply For A Biggie Brainstorm Session: Betatobiggie.com

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Are you worried that your business isn’t scalable?

Many service providers get stuck in the thought that they can’t scale their business because their particular service doesn’t allow them to. Well, I am here to tell you that isn’t true! Some simple mindset shifts and tweaks in your business will get you headed in the right direction.

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with one of my students, Kelcie Michels, to talk about how she scaled her organic social media management business to over $9K months without ever offering ads.

Kelcie Michels is the owner of Kel Cee + Co. She was born and raised in the Midwest and currently lives in the land of 10,000 lakes - Minnesota! She’s a wife, mother, and lover of any documentary she can watch on Netflix.

It’s a common belief that you have to offer ads as a social media manager if you want to make six figures, but Kelcie is proof that this isn’t the case. Kelcie set up her packages in a way that works for her and allows her clients to customize their packages based on their specific needs. By doing this she is able to give them the consistency and social media presence they need to grow their business.

This combined with strategic systems is what makes Kelcie’s service a must-have for her clients while allowing her to run her business in a way that brings her joy and lights her up.

Make sure to tune in to learn more about how she did it and how you can too!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/144

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Kelcie’s website: https://www.kelceeandco.com/

Follow Kelcie on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/kelceeandco/

Connect with Kelcie on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/kelceeandco

Episode 133: Finding Time To Do It All: https://brandimowles.com/2022/03/15/finding-time-to-do-it-all/

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

I have gotten many requests lately from people wanting to know what I do behind the scenes on a day-to-day basis, so in this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am taking you behind the scenes of an average workweek, how I spend my time, and where my focus is. Hopefully, you’ll be able to get some pointers on how to structure your days to get the results you’re looking for in your business. Something to keep in mind though is that we are entrepreneurs, and that means our weeks are never typical! Our weeks will probably look very different depending on our unique business needs. What works for me might not work for you, and that’s okay.

I personally love batching my days, working in 50-minute increments, and making sure the things on my schedule are aligned with how I’m feeling energetically that day. Some people love time-blocking and sticking to a particular schedule.

Something I am learning at this point in my life is that I just have to be flexible with what my days look like. I do have a structure in terms of batching, but I don’t do time-blocking stuff because it just doesn’t work for me. Batching gives me the flexibility and consistency that I need.

Tune in to hear more about my schedule and learn some of my tips for making the perfect workweek.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/143

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Do you know the difference between open and closed enrollment for courses or programs? Many people will suggest that it should be closed, but there is no one best way to do anything! It totally depends on your circumstances, offers, and audience. In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, we are digging into what open and closed enrollment is and how to decide what is right for your business.

I am also sharing a third option that no one is talking about that helped this business grow to over 1 million dollars!

Now if you don’t have a course, membership, or a leveraged program, don’t jump ship yet! This also works if you are only working with one-on-one clients. This may be a good episode for a strategy to get to your clients. Also, you never know when that course/membership/leveraged program bug may bite.

In this episode, I am showing you all of the possibilities and options you have because it doesn’t have to be an “A” or “B” conversation, it can be a “C, D, E, or F” conversation because when we know what our options are, we can find a model that fits best for our business.

Thinking outside the box with your strategy and doing things your own way might be just what your business needs to finally reach its growth potential, so make sure to tune in to hear all about the different enrollment types and how to decide which one is right for you!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/142

Resources Mentioned:

Sign up for Beta To Biggie: https://betatobiggie.com/

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

We are nerding out over analytics in this episode of Serve Scale Soar® and talking about how you can use data to start offering a premium service.

No matter if you’re a podcast manager, VA, course creator, or any other service provider, this applies to your business.

I’m not going to lie, I geek out over numbers! I think they are one of the most magical things in our business and not enough women are looking at them! So in this episode, I am so excited to talk with Jennifer Grayeb to talk about all things numbers and analytics.

Jennifer is the CEO of The Nimble Co., a consulting group focused on helping online business owners better understand their numbers so they can make data-driven and profit-generating marketing decisions.

In 2019, she left her senior strategy role at a Fortune 5 company where she had 5 roles in just 7 years. While in that role, in just 2 years she built a productivity blog that reached over 2 million page views per year, which she went on to sell.

She's been mentioned in 3 books and is a regular contributor to Newsweek.com as a member of their business expert panel. In every role she’s had or every company she’s owned, one thing has been consistent: she leverages data to achieve success as quickly as possible. Now, she helps her students and clients use data to remove the guesswork from their businesses so that they can be more profitable.

Offering data analytics can really uplevel your business. It’s such an up-and-coming skill for service providers to have, and it is something that business owners really need!

Tune in to learn more about why this skill is so important, how it can take your services to the next level, and the tools you need in order to do it.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/141

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Jennifer’s program: https://brandimowles.com/data

Visit Jennifer’s website: https://thenimbleco.com

Follow Jennifer on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/jennifergrayeb/

Grab the free Metrics Generator: https://thenimbleco.com/brandi

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Let’s talk about hiring!

Despite what you may think, I don’t hate hiring. I think it’s really great if it’s done at the right time. In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am joined by Julie Calcote, one of the OG members inside of Serve Scale Soar®, to talk about how to know when it’s time to hire someone for your business and her best tips to do it.

Julie is an Online Business Manager and Creative Business Strategist from Anchorage, Alaska. After working in the legal sector for almost a decade, Julie took the plunge into the online space in 2018. Now, her happy place is partnering with and coaching 6 and 7-figure entrepreneurs who have big ideas but who need the support, systems, and team to simplify and shine.

In my time as a business owner, I have seen a lot of people rushing to hire someone before they’re really ready because that’s what they were told they should do by other business owners. You don’t have to worry about how others run their business! Your business needs are unique, so your journey will be unique. Julie is here to help make sure that you know how to determine if hiring someone is really the right choice for you.

When it’s time to hire, it’s important that you take the time to find the right person for your needs so that it doesn’t add any more stress to your life. Make sure to tune in to learn more about hiring from Julie. She shares tips for finding the right person, conducting time studies, deciding what to delegate, roadblocks to hiring, mistakes business owners make, and so much more.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/140

Resources Mentioned:

Visit Julie’s website: https://www.juliecalcote.com/

Follow Julie on Instagram: www.instagram.com/juliecalcoteobm/

Get the Daydream to Dream Team Starter Kit: https://julietraining.com/starterkit

Finding the Time To Do It All podcast episode: https://brandimowles.com/2022/03/15/finding-time-to-do-it-all/

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Are you using video in your business?

You may be thinking that there’s no way this is going to happen. When most people hear me talk about using video in their business, they want to run the other way… but stay with me!

By using video, I don’t mean dancing around on Reels or TikTok. You don’t need to do that if you don’t want to! There are other ways you can get in front of the camera and stand out. If you can muster up the courage, you can land more clients with this method. In fact, it can help you get your business booked out!

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am sharing three actionable tips for landing clients by using video. This method is my trick for growing my business so quickly.

Even if it makes you uncomfortable, when you see the results, it’s going to become a regular part of your routine, I promise. So many business owners are scared to use video, so by using it in your business, you are setting yourself apart from the crowd of service providers. With your video, you catch client attention and shine.

The results of using this method to land more one-on-one clients speak for themselves. Tune in to learn my top three ways to start using video to reach all of your business and income goals.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/139

Resources Mentioned:

Learn how to get more one-on-one clients: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Have you ever wanted to start a business in a super niche topic?

When getting started, many people are scared to focus on just one audience. They worry that it won’t bring in enough business, but it is actually great for businesses to niche down! In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am chatting with one of my Beta to Biggie members, Sita Kelly, who created a successful business serving a very niched-down audience.

Sita has a degree in Religious Studies from The University of California, Santa Barbara. She spent 14 years as a nun at the Vedanta Society, studying Hindu philosophy and practicing meditation. When she first heard about resistance stretching, it struck her as something she knew to be true: your body is a map of your mind.

You can heal and empower yourself by stretching and transforming your fascia. When you stretch in the way that her method, The Bendable Body Method, teaches, it’s like a meditation for your body. Sita has 9 years of experience as a Flexibility Trainer, she loves helping people new to her method incorporate it quickly and with ease. She also loves being a business owner and the freedom and potential it offers.

Sita wasn’t afraid to get specific. She learned how to find her ideal audience, research them, get to know their pain points, and really speak their language. This brought on a huge amount of raving fans to her business!

Make sure to tune in to hear more about how Sita found success with a leveraged program and how you can too!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/138

Resources Mentioned:

Sign up for the free stretch class: https://bendablebody.com/free-zoom-class-recording-fb/

Check out Bendable Body: https://bendablebody.com/

Follow Bendable Body on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bendablebody/

Follow Bendable Body on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bendablebody/

Check out Bendable Body on Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/c/BendableBody

Apply for Beta to Biggie: https://betatobiggie.com/

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Let’s talk about traffic.

We all know how important traffic is to our business. We need it to succeed! In the online space, there are three different types of traffic that you can tap into. In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am going to be breaking down the different types of traffic and telling you which ones are right for who and at what stage of business.

As many of you know, I started my business as a Facebook Ads Manager, so the topic of traffic for your business has always been near and dear to my heart. Most people think that the only way to grow your online business is through organic or paid ads, and lately, with all of the IOS changes, the social media ads game has drastically changed, and people are trying to figure out their next steps.

It is more important than ever to make sure that your time is spent on the traffic source that works best for you and your unique circumstances. Some people will benefit the most from organic traffic. Some will need to tap into paid ads to get the results they are looking for. Some people will grow their business by utilizing the power of borrowed traffic.

Whether you are a service provider, coach, or a course creator, there is something valuable for you inside this episode. Make sure to tune in!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/137

Resources Mentioned:

Check out my programs: https://brandimowles.com/learn-with-me

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Sometimes, our biggest struggles end up being the push we need to get where we want to go in life.

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with one of my students, Samantha Fine, to talk about how she grew her digital marketing business from $2K months to over $16K months in less than a year despite having some serious struggles along the way.

Samantha is a mom, wife, digital marketing strategist, and FB/IG Ads expert. She spent 12+ years working in digital marketing at various brands and agencies, working on some big names in the grocery, CPG, and retail industries.

After struggling to find her place in a corporate environment following the birth of her son, she decided to take her career into her own hands and start her business, NineSixteen Media, where she uses her marketing expertise to support the growth of other mom-owned businesses.

She believes that all moms deserve to have successful, fulfilling careers/businesses AND be moms - we shouldn’t have to choose. She provides social media advertising and funnel strategy solutions to mom-owned businesses in the fitness industry or with courses, memberships, or coaching programs. She offers solutions for those just getting started to those who are ready to scale and take marketing off their plate.

Samantha’s story is so inspiring. She pushed through and focused on her mindset when things got hard and now her business is thriving and more successful than ever. Make sure you tune in to hear how she did it!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/136

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Beta To Biggie: https://betatobiggie.com/

Visit the NineSixteen Media website: www.ninesixteenmedia.com

Follow NineSixteen Media on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/ninesixteenmedia/

Follow NinSixteen Media on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/NineSixteenMedia

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

This episode is one of the hardest episodes I have ever recorded because not many people know this story. I am sharing my story about how three years ago, we filed for bankruptcy.

Bankruptcy is a lonely position to be in. There’s a lot of shame attached to it, and there's a lot of money mindset shifting that has to go on. If you have ever been in the position where debt collectors are calling and you just can’t get ahead, I know that it is such a lonely place because no one wants to talk about it or how to get out of it. It’s such a shameful thing in our society.

I finally decided to share my story with a friend who then revealed that she had experienced the exact same thing. We had both been carrying around the weight of this experience alone because we were too ashamed to share. With that said, I really want to open up the conversation and talk about this topic because the more we talk about it, the less taboo it is and the more financially secure people can be.

No matter what your situation is right now, there will be takeaways for you in this episode. Tune in to hear more about why I filed for bankruptcy, how it impacted our lives and friendships, why we need more money transparency, and the importance of not letting money or business difficulties defeat you.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/135

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Let’s talk about premium services!

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am sharing some of the best premium services you can offer this year. No matter if you are already a service provider or you are just getting started, these are the services that I see being massive as the year goes on. I see business owners ask about these services all the time. It’s not an extensive list, but it is the top 10.

With the Great Resignation, more and more professionals and businesses are going online. That means these services are in huge demand! People are in desperate search of service providers and they are ready to pay you for your expertise.

It’s time to stop calling yourself a virtual assistant. People hear that and think of low-dollar amounts. Offering these premium services will take you and your business to the next level professionally and financially.

No matter what service you are offering, it is totally possible to scale your business to whatever income goal you want this year. You just need to understand the value of what you’re offering and charge your clients accordingly.

Make sure to tune into this value-packed episode to learn more about what services are in huge demand, why they are so popular, and tips for scaling your business, so you can make 2022 the year you hit your financial goals!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/134

Resources Mentioned:

DM me on Instagram for the full guide: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles/

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

I know I’m not alone in feeling like there is never enough time in a day to get everything done on my to-do list. This is a common feeling for most entrepreneurs, and it can be overwhelming! In this week's episode of Serve Scale Soar®, we are going to be talking about how to get all the stuff done and finding the time to do it.

The key is to look at your time differently. It has worked for me, it has worked for many seven-figure entrepreneurs, and it has worked for people just getting started. No matter where you are on your journey, if you follow these four tips, you will find more time to get stuff done.

It doesn’t matter if you are single, married, or a mom. No matter what your situation is, we all have the same amount of time in a day and honestly, that’s pretty empowering if you think about it! It’s how we use that time that differs so much. Don’t use your situation as an excuse to not do the things you need to do!

Tune in to hear my tactical advice for making the most of your time and getting everything done. These tips are the things I have used to build my business as well as help the students inside of my program.

If you implement these tips, you will be able to accomplish your goals! Just go into it with an open mind and make the shift. Make sure you tune in to hear them all!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/133

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

Successful service providers come from all different industries!

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Janine Kelbach to talk about how she went from being a nurse to a nurse writer agency to a leveraged program creator. Janine is the perfect example of taking your existing knowledge and using it to grow a niched-down service-based business.

Like so many of us, she was a mom just trying to figure out how she could start a business that she could do from home while she took care of her kids. As we know, providing a service is truly the best path to generating cash flow quickly.

After building her service-based business, she joined Beta to Biggie where she learned how to create a leveraged program to help others launch their own freelance writing business. We worked together on her webinar, ads strategy, and evergreen offers, and together we turned her very first launch into a huge success.

Janine Kelbach, BSN RNC-OB, is a wife, mom of 2 boys (and 2 Great Danes), educator, and author of the book, Entreprenurse: 30+ Nurses Turn Into Business Owners and Share Their Secrets to Success.

She has been a Freelance Health Content Writer since 2013 and is the CEO of Write RN. She hosts The Savvy Scribe Podcast and owns SavvyNurseWriter.com. Her team of RN writers help healthcare companies with their content and social needs.

Tune in to hear more about Janine’s inspiring story, some practical tips on time management, and why you need to just get started. This episode is packed with valuable information and inspiration. You don’t want to miss it!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/132

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Beta To Biggie

Check out the 7 Day Nurse to Writer Challenge

Savvy Nurse Writer

Follow Savvy Nurse Writer on Instagram

Connect with Janine on LinkedIn

Join the Savvy Nurse Writer Community

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Let’s talk about brand photos!

This may be something you have been avoiding for a long time or it may be something that’s on your to-do list. Wherever you fall on that spectrum, this episode of Serve Scale Soar® is one you don’t want to miss.

Having high-quality brand photos can take your business to the next level and help you attract the type of clients that you want to work with. It also makes creating promotional materials or graphics for your business a breeze because you have a ton of gorgeous photos ready to go.

To tell you more about it, I brought in my brand photographer Christina Jones. She is an extremely talented photographer who is a pro at working with businesses. She has a wealth of experience and tips for how to rock your brand photography session, so she is here to share it all with us.

Christina Jones is a Florida-based business lifestyle photographer. She helps female creatives and entrepreneurs create scroll-stopping imagery so they can attract their target audience and build the brand and business of their dreams! She is also the founder of ColorJoy Stock, a stock photo, video, and design membership for diverse women.

Tune in to learn more about how to find the right photographer for you, what questions to ask, what to look for in your contract, how to dress for your shoot, and even some tips for getting more comfortable in front of the camera.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/131

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Christina’s website

Follow Christina on Instagram

Follow Color Joy Stock on Instagram

Download the Brand Story Shot List template

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Have you heard of a Tiny Offer®?

If you aren’t sure what that is, it’s a low-priced offer that is typically less than $50. It is sometimes referred to as a self-liquidating offer. It takes your customers through a sequence of other offers. Creating a successful funnel with these types of offers isn’t always easy, but don’t give up! It’s worth your effort and consistency.

In today’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Allie Bjerk to talk about everything you need to know to create your first Tiny Offer®. Allie has a ton of experience with creating these offers and finding an ad strategy and system that works, and she is here today to help you do the same.

Allie Bjerk is a visibility strategist, coach, and consultant. Allie has helped hundreds of business owners create the visibility strategies and marketing plans behind growing super-profitable businesses for balanced and prosperous lives. As a funnel expert, Allie has taken her marketing agency experience and used it to lead entrepreneurs towards their goals through her transformational programs focusing on tiny offer strategies. In addition, her utilization of digital products results in entrepreneurs making money while simultaneously growing their business and following.

Tune in to learn more about what a Tiny Offer® is, who they are for, creating the perfect ad strategy for your offer, and the mindset behind launching your funnel. This episode has so much useful information, you don’t want to miss it!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/130

Resources Mentioned:

Tiny Offer® Toolkit Bundle

Follow Allie on Instagram

Visit Allie’s website

Follow Allie On Facebook

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

What’s your pricing persona?

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, we are talking all about your pricing persona identifier. I have worked with thousands of service providers in my career. I have seen how they have priced their services and have noticed that they all generally fall into one of five categories.

So today I am going to be sharing what these five categories are, how to move to the next level, or even how to jump from the bottom straight to the top. No matter which category you fall into, just know that I have been there! The first step: being aware of where you are so that you can move forward.

The worst thing that can happen as you’re growing your business is getting maxed out on your time and effort before you have reached your income goals. I have found that there really is a sweet spot with pricing for service providers and I am sharing it all with you today.

Tune in to learn about the five pricing personas, the benefits of each, the downfalls of each, and how to move to the next level. You’ll learn how to price your services in a way that feels good for you and gets you the pay you deserve.

I am also providing some tools and resources to help you achieve your business goals so you don’t want to miss this episode!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/129

Resources Mentioned:

Free On Demand Training

Pricing Calculator

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Are you ready for some serious inspiration?

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar, I brought on one of my students, Amanda Scott, to talk about how she scaled her web design business and now gets referrals left and right. In web design, you need a consistent stream of clients coming in to scale. It takes hard work and determination, but Amanda put in the work and made it happen.

Amanda works with busy, creative women who are ready to stop wasting so much time, money, and effort and finally have a brand and website they can feel confident in. She gives them the tools to look and feel totally confident with their brand and websites because she’s strategically built them from the ground up.

As a Showit design partner with a BFA in Graphic Design, over ten years of design experience under her belt, and six years of experience designing websites for corporate companies, she has the knowledge and expertise to create a bullet-proof plan for marketing her client’s businesses with confidence.

Amanda is a true inspiration. She recognized the power of niching down in her services and making genuine connections with potential clients instead of being salesy. Because of this, she was able to grow her business tremendously and become a verified designer on Showit.

Tune in to hear more about Amanda’s tips for finding clients on Instagram using genuine connections, the steps she took to become a verified designer on Showit, the power of niching down, and how to tap into your creativity.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/128

Resources Mentioned:

brandimowles.com/2019/10/22/angie-trueblood

amandascottdesignco.com

instagram.com/amandascottdesignco

facebook.com/amandascottdesignco

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Let’s talk about mass marketing!

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar, I am sharing how you can use a leveraged program to scale your one-on-one services and how my Beta to Biggie students are doing just that.

Marketing is the foundation of your business if you want to consistently grow. Whether it’s through referrals, active marketing, or passive marketing, it is essential as service providers for finding our clients and keeping our pipelines full.

For my students inside the Beta to Biggie program, creating a leveraged program is actually scaling their one-on-one services. I know what you may be thinking- marketing for a program and marketing for one on one services is a little different, but I am talking about how you can use one to grow the other.

I love this method for scaling a service based business. Your income doesn’t have to be limited by the amount of time you have to dedicate to clients. Creating a program not only brings you new clients, but it increases your revenue without increasing your workload.

Tune in to hear how the customer journey looks for a leveraged program and why creating a DIY program for clients that can’t afford your services is a great way to increase your income, free up your time, and create multiple sources of revenue.

Don’t miss this episode!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/127

Resources Mentioned:

betatobiggie.com

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

2021 was a bit of a doozy! Are you right there with me?

I definitely felt a different energy in 2021 than I have ever felt before, and I can see now how it set me up and prepared me to move forward in 2022 in business and life.

With that said, I am sharing the top ten things I learned throughout the year in this episode of Serve Scale Soar.

To give you a sneak peek into some of the lessons I am diving into, I learned that there are some things about business that I just don’t know yet. I had to take a look at myself and realize that I was going into learning situations and assuming that I already knew it all. It was a wake-up call to learn that I will not grow if I don’t go into these situations with an “empty cup” so that I can gain the knowledge that others are sharing with me.

In all honesty, I expected more growth in 2021 but looking back, I know I wasn’t ready for that growth yet. I needed to grow in my personal life and learn to understand and love myself so that I could find more happiness.

Tune in to hear more about these lessons and so much more in this episode. It is full of advice about business and life, so you don’t want to miss it!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/126

Resources Mentioned:

Betatobiggie.com

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Have you ever wanted to sell online using a virtual stage?

People get nervous when it comes to selling to potential customers because it feels… icky. It’s an essential part of business, yet people are downright afraid of it sometimes.

If this is how you feel, I am here to tell you that it doesn’t have to be that way! Utilizing a virtual stage can be a very powerful and effective method for increasing your sales.

It’s all about taking your audience on a journey and showing how you are the 2.0 version of who they want to be. Explain to them how you started and how you ended up where you are now. It’s called a signature story and today’s guest on Serve Scale Soar, Colin Boyd, is here to tell us all about it.

Colin helps experts, course creators, and coaches to speak confidently on stage to sell… without coming across pushy or sales-y. He’s obsessed with creating step-by-step strategies that anyone can follow to become both confident and powerful at speaking and selling on a live stage, webinar, and video.

As a keynote speaker for over 10 years, he brings a depth of experience that few have to entertain and also move an audience to action. He’s best known for Sell From Stage Academy™ which is the leading program for growing your business through speaking. He lives in Newport Beach California with his amazing wife and two little kids.

Colin is truly an expert on telling a story that will capture and immerse your audience and entice them to purchase from you in a way that is authentic and effortless.

Make sure to tune in to learn more about how you can create your own unique conversion story today.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/125

Resources Mentioned:

colinboyd.co

www.instagram.com/colinboyd

www.facebook.com/colinboydglobal

Sell from the Stage Academy

Sell With Story Guide

www.expertedgepodcast.com

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Is starting a podcast something you have been thinking about doing? Do you think it might be something you want to do in the future?

My podcast manager, Stephanie Judice, is joining me in this episode to talk all about podcasting! This episode was highly requested by our community, so I'm super excited to have this conversation with Stephanie.

Stephanie is the CEO of a podcast production agency that works primarily with female coaches, consultants, and course creators to help them launch their podcast and provides ongoing management services.

Stephanie and her team work behind the scenes to make sure their client's podcasts are released into the world every week without a hitch, saving their clients time (and frustration!) while helping them to connect with their audience and establish themselves as the expert in their fields. She believes that podcasting is one of the best ways coaches and consultants can showcase their expertise and bring in new clients and customers to their business.

We are getting into all of the most common questions when it comes to podcasting: who should start a podcast, when is the best time to start one, what goes into it, and finally, how to know if it is right for your business.

Even if podcasting is not on your radar right now, tune in because it might be in the future!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/124

Resources Mentioned:

betatobiggie.com

www.stephaniejudice.com

www.instagram.com/stephaniejudice

www.facebook.com/stephaniejudicepodcastmanagement

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Do you fly by the seat of your pants when it comes to content creation or do you plan your content out strategically and far in advance?

Personally, I like to batch work and plan out my content way ahead of time!

I did this recently during one of our Beta to Biggie calls, and I ended up planning 52 weeks of content ideas in less than 90 minutes! Can you believe that?!

In this episode, I am sharing the exact process I used to do it. Whether you have a leverage program or you're a one-on-one service provider, the process that I am sharing will help you do the very same thing.

I promise you that planning your content will make your life so much easier and will benefit your business in the long run.

If you’re constantly stuck brainstorming content or you just want to get it out of the way all at once, listen in to this episode. I’ve got you covered!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/123

Resources Mentioned:

Betatobiggie.com

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Do you want to scale your business? I bet you do!

In this replay episode, I’m teaching you the 10 things I learned while scaling to $1 million in 2020. This is such an informative and reflective episode which is why I wanted to replay it!

This episode originally aired as episode 74, so if you have already heard it, I recommend listening again because I know you will get more value from it the second time through! If you haven’t heard it, I know you will love this episode all about the lessons I learned while scaling to $1 million.

Now, here's the deal. If you’re thinking, “Brandi, I’m not even to six figures yet, a million is not on my radar, this episode isn’t for me,” don’t tune out!

You will be able to take a lot of the lessons from this episode and apply them to your business right now. This will help you avoid some of the same mistakes I made along the way.

If you’re ready to scale, listen closely!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/122

Resources Mentioned:

Episode 4: 4 Lessons I Learned Scaling to Six Figures in 10 Months

Episode 72: November Income Report and My Exciting Announcement!

www.conversionsforclients.com

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

As we wrap up 2021, I am bringing back two of the most downloaded episodes of the year as special replays! Today’s “Best of 2021” episode is a replay of Episode 100.

This was such a fun episode to record and I had so much positive feedback and so many of you reaching out afterward.

In case you missed this special episode the first time, be sure to tune in!

We thought it would be fun to turn the tables, so Stephanie Judice, the podcast producer of Serve Scale Soar since the very beginning, is asking ME 100 questions for the 100th episode!

We are chatting about all things marriage and family, what running a business really looks like, and of course, what's to come for my business.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/121

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Are you consistent in your business?

As an entrepreneur, it can be so frustrating when we put so much time and effort into our new business just to find that it’s not paying off right away. It is the reason so many give up!

The real key to success in business is patience and consistency. Most successful businesses do not see a huge profit for a while after getting started. You have to stay focused and be consistent in your efforts.

In today’s episode of Serve Scale Soar, I sat down with Melany Tenore to learn how she got started in her business and now makes $7k per month.

Melany is a business coach and a (self-proclaimed) system sorceress. She works with women entrepreneurs who are just starting out and helps them make a plan - and then take action!

The other pillar of her business is working with small businesses that have experienced success and are seeing the amazing effects of their action.

These business owners are often starting to feel overwhelmed by daily tasks and trying to keep everything straight! They've heard about systems like Trello, Asana, ClickUp...but never find the time to pick one and make it work for them. This is where Melany works her magic and gives them back hours in their week to do what they LOVE.

Tune in to hear her best tips for cold pitching, using Facebook groups to find clients, and how she found success during a pandemic.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/120

Resources Mentioned:

https://www.copyetc.com

https://www.instagram.com/copy.etc/

https://www.facebook.com/Copy.consulting.coaching

https://view.flodesk.com/pages/6144b040337f1c2aacf51df6

https://www.linkedin.com/in/melany-tenore-169a192/

https://www.brandimowles.com/honeybook

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

I totally nerd out over software!

In this episode, I am covering 11 of my favorite software that I used in 2021 because I love them so much I can’t just keep them to myself! I have to share what they are and how they have transformed my business.

These tools are saving us tens of thousands of dollars in payroll costs because I am able to use a lot of them in place of having a massive team. Isn’t that awesome?

You might have heard of some of these already, but if not, I am getting into the details of them all plus sharing special discounts you can use.

Tune in to learn what software I use and what I think you should be using too whether you are a course creator, coach, service provider, or something similar!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/119

Resources Mentioned:

https://brandimowles.com/clickup

https://brandimowles.com/kajabi

https://brandimowles.com/zoom

https://brandimowles.com/searchie

https://brandimowles.com/canva

https://brandimowles.com/helpscout

https://brandimowles.com/activecampaign

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Have you ever heard of a Capsule Podcast?

A capsule podcast is a six-episode podcast miniseries that aligns with your business and your marketing, so you get all the benefits of a podcast without the overwhelm of a weekly show.

Betsy Wallace, my guest in this episode and the founder of Capsule Podcast, is joining me to talk all about that and how capsule podcasts can strategically build a mutually beneficial relationship between you and your customers and clients.

Betsy Wallace is the founder of Capsule Podcast, where she serves small businesses and brands who want to grow through podcasting. Through her innovative Capsule Podcast framework, Betsy teaches authors, bloggers, and coaches how to produce a strategic, six-episode miniseries that provides all the benefits of podcasting with a fraction of the work. She has produced Capsule Podcasts for a diverse range of clients including a cookbook subscription service, a wellness psychotherapist, and a luxury handwoven goods e-commerce site.

Betsy is also the co-host, producer, and editor for the Dinner Sisters podcast, a weekly cooking show launched in 2018, that has been downloaded 350K times and averages 13K downloads/month. She’s interviewed New York Times Bestselling cookbook authors, James Beard award-winning chefs, recorded on location with chefs and food writers in the foothills of the Appalachian Mountains and in Rome, Italy. She has an MBA from the University of Wisconsin and lives in Atlanta, GA with her husband, three kids, and two dogs.

Betsy is teaching us how to use a podcast to deliver outstanding value to our audiences so that we can achieve our business goals. If this sounds good to you, press play and listen closely!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/118

Resources Mentioned:

betatobiggie.com

www.capsulepodcast.com

instagram.com/capsulepodcast

facebook.com/capsulepodcastmedia

www.capsulepodcast.com/six

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Let’s “keep it simple sweetie” while we plan for 2022. What do you think?

I plan to use my “KISS” philosophy while I plan for next year because it is incredibly impactful, it gets results and it’s not overwhelming.

I am walking you through that philosophy in this episode along with the three main things that I focus on that move the needle forward in my business.

I have some scary and amazing goals that I am sharing with you as well throughout the episode.

I know listening to this will help you prepare for next year and start dreaming big about the things that you want to happen in your life and in your business in 2022.

If you believe in yourself and in your goals, you will reach them. I have experienced this firsthand, so tune in to learn my philosophy and what I think you should focus on going into 2022.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/117

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Are you a mother AND a business owner? Those are two very, very big jobs! As a mother and business owner myself, I know how difficult it can be.

In this episode, I am having an amazing conversation with my friend and Serve Scale Soar member, Michelle Pontvert.

Michelle is a branding and website designer supporting her fellow Moms / Mums on a mission to scale up their service-based businesses without burnout so they can spend more time with their families and do what they love.

We are tackling some really deep conversations around being a mom and a business owner, how to surround yourself with the right people, how to create more white space in our businesses, and how to take big leaps when you want big things in life.

This is a packed episode that I know every business owner will get value from, so even if you’re not a mother, tune in because Michelle is sharing endless tips and advice for any business owner that is looking to scale their business without burnout.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/116

Resources Mentioned:

Betatobiggie.com

www.michellepontvert.com

www.instagram.com/michellepontvert

www.facebook.com/michelle.pontvert

www.linkedin.com/in/michelle-pontvert/

https://www.michellepontvert.com/converts

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

In this episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast, we are talking about one of my favorite topics that is not talked about enough - money and more specifically, wealth creation.

I love shedding more light on understanding and creating our futures, so that is what this episode is focusing on with my guest, Mel Abraham. Mel is the first male I have ever interviewed on the podcast, and I am really excited to have him speak to us on this topic because he is the perfect person for it.

Mel is a CPA by education but an entrepreneur by exhilaration, and Author of the #1 Bestseller, The Entrepreneur's Solution: The Modern Millionaire's Path to More Profit, Fans & Freedom. He’s the founder of Thoughtpreneur TM Academy & Business Breakthrough Academy where he helps entrepreneurs bring their businesses to the world and build the lifestyle that they want.

After finding a cancerous tumor in his bladder larger than a baseball in June 2019 and successfully conquering it within 18 months, Mel began to openly teach his The Affluence Blueprint TM because his cancer journey spotlighted the immediate and urgent need for entrepreneurs to find “financial liberation” and peace of mind. Mel is a committed advocate for the entrepreneurial way and provides real education to real entrepreneurs for creating a real life!

We get into building wealth versus keeping wealth, how we observe and interpret conversations around money, investing inside of your business and outside of it and so much more.

You’re going to love this informational episode with Mel, so tune in!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/115

Resources Mentioned:

Betatobiggie.com

MelAbraham.com

TheMoneyPlanWorkshop.com

Facebook - MelAbraham.com/bizpage

Instagram (melabraham9) - MelAbraham.com/ig/

YouTube - MelAbraham.com/tube/

Podcast - TheAffluentEntrepreneurShow.com

Twitter - MelAbraham.com/Twitter/

LinkedIn - MelAbraham.com/Linked/

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

How the heck do you get through the holidays when you work with clients?

We are diving into this in this episode for all of you that are service providers, course creators, or those of you that have memberships!

Trust me when I say that it is never too soon to start preparing for a busy holiday season. It is approaching SO quickly this year! 2021 is going to be over before we know it, and I think it is so important that we plan ahead so we can move through the busiest time of year with ease and confidence.

With that said, I am walking you through a few steps that you can take to prepare for working with clients during holidays. These steps can also apply to any holiday throughout the year, so keep that in mind too!

From marking your days off ahead of time to planning your marketing strategy through the end of the year and into the beginning of the year, you will finish this episode feeling confident that you can get everything done and enjoy your time off too.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/114

Resources Mentioned:

DM me on Instagram @brandimowles

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

I am so excited because I have one of our amazing members of Serve Scale Soar on the podcast to tell us all about her journey to over $12,000 months as a social media strategist!

That’s right! Teah Hopper is joining me to talk all about how she did this plus how she defines success on her own terms, how she has designed a business that lights her up, and how she has created a business that allows her more time all without a team.

Teah is a social media strategist that helps businesses and entrepreneurs discover their unique story and simplify their social media through a strategic approach so that they can find joy in social media again, get their time back, and live the life they desire.

I am always SO inspired and motivated during these conversations because it truly amazes me how members of Serve Scale Soar innovate their businesses and create success.

I know you are going to love the energy in this episode and also the tactical and practical information that Teah is sharing on how you could set your business up in the same way.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/113

Resources Mentioned:

https://www.teahhopper.com

https://www.facebook.com/teahhopperconsulting

https://www.instagram.com/teahhopper

https://www.linkedin.com/in/teahhopper

https://www.teahhopper.com/content-map

http://servescalesoar.com/free

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

How do you tap into your energy? Do you realize how important it is not only in your business but in your life to protect your energy? This is how we are able to show up as the best versions of ourselves!

In this episode, I am joined by Nicole Culver who is an expert in helping entrepreneurs (especially mom entrepreneurs) with this!

Nicole Culver helps online coaches take quantum leaps in their business with digital products. She is a certified Master NLP coach, hypnotist, and mindset expert who helps coaches amplify their results by combining the right mindset with the perfect-for-them business strategy. Nicole loves to coach her clients and students so they can see beyond their limitations and open up to what's truly possible for them.

We are chatting about all things mindset, alignment, empowerment, and more in this action-packed episode that I know you are going to love whether you are a business owner with kids or not.

Nicole has so many amazing tips and resources for growing your business, tapping into your energy and personal strength, and showing up as the best version of yourself, so make sure you don’t miss this episode.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/112

Resources Mentioned:

https://nicoleculver.co/busy-moms

www.Nicoleculver.co

https://nicoleculver.co/podcast

Instagram.com/nicoleculver

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

The only way to be successful is to wake up at 5:00 a.m. and have a super strict morning routine, right?

Wrong! How many times have you heard that?

Even before I started my business, I heard over and over again that if I wanted to be successful, I needed to have a morning routine. I have to be honest and tell you that never worked for me.

In this episode, I am sharing my experience with this and what I do now that works for me! Spoiler alert: I have a “Start of Day” routine instead, and I know that this will work for you no matter when you start your workday.

If you are a morning routine person, stay with me, but if you're not, tune in to hear how I believe that you can be successful without a morning routine!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/111

Resources Mentioned:

https://www.headspace.com

https://www.calm.com

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Have you ever wondered exactly how you can take your knowledge from offline to online?

My guest in this episode, Meredith Kallaher, did just that, so she is joining me to talk all about her journey.

Meredith Kallaher is a wife and mom to 3 teenagers and a new puppy who lives in Miami, Florida. Similar to many others, 2020 brought big changes to Meredith’s business including a mutual decision to part ways with her partner in the Fall.

Meredith took inventory of her skill sets, recalled her experience and passion for helping others grow their businesses, invested in both of Brandi Mowles’ courses (Serve Scale Soar and Conversions for Clients) to learn both the technical skills for managing Facebook ad campaigns AND best practices for the management of a service-based business, and opened the doors to Meredith Kallaher Marketing, LLC in November.

At her new company, Meredith helps business owners expand their reach and explode their sales! She offers Facebook and Instagram ads strategy and management, conversion copywriting, and the build-out of a website, product, or sales page in her favorite online platform Kajabi.

Meredith is breaking down her journey into the online space as a Facebook and Instagram ad manager, and she's even leaving us with an amazing script on how to get discovery calls with people you already know.

Tune in now so you don’t miss all this goodness!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/110

Resources Mentioned:

confidentadmanager.com

servescalesoar.com/free

www.meredithkallaher.com

https://www.instagram.com/meredithkallaher/

https://www.meredithkallaher.com/discovery-call-emails

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Have you been thinking about becoming an ad manager? Are you already one but you want to update your services?

In this episode, I am joined by 11 Facebook ad managers who are sharing their tips and strategies for starting and growing an ad management business!

You are going to hear from people in all different stages of business, so whether you’re thinking about becoming an ad manager or you already have your own online business, these tips are gold.

If this episode speaks to you, I want to invite you to my free three-part training that’s taking place right now. You will learn the three steps to consistently land high-quality Facebook and Instagram ad clients. Register at www.confidentadmanager.com.

Tune in, hear these amazing tips, and join us inside the Facebook group!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/109

Resources Mentioned:

www.confidentadmanager.com

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Are you ready to hear another inspiring story from a Serve Scale Soar member?

Megan Cockrell is joining me to talk about how she went from making $4,000/month to her first $10,000 month while balancing a crazy season of life.

As a Facebook Strategist and Consultant, Megan’s passion is to nurture and grow her client’s audience and sales through organic means and paid ads. Megan owns 2m Social and strives to bring her upbeat personality into her business and serve her clients well.

Megan is a wife and mom to 3 little kids, so she knows how important work/life balance is. She started her own business so she could still be home and present for her kids but also get to help others grow and succeed in their business.

We talk about getting over money mindset barriers, tips for starting VIP days without taking a course, the pros and cons of overdelivering, and so much more.

I love Megan’s story, and I know you will too. Press play to get inspired!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/108

Resources Mentioned:

https://findyourpeople.2msocial.com

www.2msocial.com

www.facebook.com/2msocial

www.instagram.com/2m_social

www.linkedin.com/in/megancockrell

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Did you notice that we rebranded?!

I am so in love with everything, so I wanted to bring on the beautiful mastermind behind all of the new branding, Karima Neghmouche!

Karima is a web and graphic designer based out of North Carolina who left her 9-5 as a Director of Marketing only months after starting her first business to live out her dream. Now, she works with kick-ass entrepreneurs to create or elevate their brands so they can live their dreams, too.

It was such an amazing experience to work with Karima, so I am excited to be chatting with her all about my experience with her as well as how she runs her business.

We get into how she charges a higher rate, how she's able to bring people's ideas into a beautiful reality, how she keeps her client experience simple and so much more.

I know you’re going to love this honest and casual conversation with Karima, so tune in to soak up all this goodness!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/107

Resources Mentioned:

https://karimacreative.com/

instagram.com/karima.creative

https://brandimowles.com/honeybook

Episode 30: Steal My 3 Phase Onboarding Process to Wow Your Clients and Get a Flood of Referrals

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Is your ideal client hanging out on LinkedIn? Do you think that you’re even using LinkedIn to the fullest?

In this episode, we’re chatting all about LinkedIn and the magical clients that you can find on it.

I am covering the 3 steps you can take today to start attracting high-end clients on Linkedin, how to make sure your profile is optimized, why you should have your picture (not your logo!) on your profile, how to use keywords to search on Linkedin to find your ideal clients and so much more.

LinkedIn is one of the ways that I was able to take my business from $4,000/month to $8,000/month after adding three new clients and working less.

If you want to know the trick to that, tune in to this episode because I am teaching you how you can do the same.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/106

Resources Mentioned:

Temi Transcription

Get my FREE video tutorial: How to Brand Your LinkedIn to Attract High Ticket Clients

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

I love when little positive actions add up to something big. Don’t you?

That’s why I am talking all about how we can make a big impact with passion, purpose, and little daily actions in this interview with Amy McLaren.

This busy mom of two splits her time between leading LadyStrength, a growing online community of driven, entrepreneurial women, growing an Airbnb business, and being a hands-on CEO of Village Impact, the charity she and her husband founded more than a decade ago.

Village Impact partners with communities in rural Kenya to provide community-led access to quality education and entrepreneurship opportunities. To date, Village Impact has built 14 schools that deliver education to nearly 5,000 students daily.

Amy is sharing so many great actionable steps that we can put into our daily practice in this episode, and she is even telling us how we can make a greater impact together starting right now.

Don’t miss this episode where we discuss things like how to put your passion and purpose first, how to make a small impact daily in your community, and what we can all do to make a bigger impact abroad, and more.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/105

Resources Mentioned:

brandimowles.com/villageimpact

https://amymclaren.com

https://ladystrength.com/

https://www.instagram.com/amydowmclaren/

https://www.instagram.com/lady_strength/

https://www.instagram.com/villageimpact/

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Have you ever questioned how much you should charge or when the heck you should raise your prices? Do you know what you would do if someone tried to negotiate their prices?

All of this and more is answered by 10 Serve Scale Soar members in this special podcast episode where you hear from them instead of me.

Why? Because they are the ones in the trenches and navigating pricing just like you!

They are each sharing their pricing strategies that will help you gain confidence, increase your sales AND maximize your profit.

I know that you’re going to be blown away by these strategies, so listen closely, take notes and pick a few to take action on if you’re ready to grow and scale your business.

After that, head over to brandimowles.com/confident to sign up for my FREE Confident Pricing Series that runs through the month of August!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/104

Resources Mentioned:

brandimowles.com/confident

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Have you fully stepped into your potential?

My guest in this episode is one of the newest members of Serve Scale Soar, and she has recently fully stepped into her potential!

Chelsea Hall is joining me to share her journey from full-time teacher to Pinterest manager, and how she created $8k+ months in less than 7 months.

Chelsea Hall is a Pinterest strategist. She specializes in helping female entrepreneurs strategically grow their email list, generate quality leads, and increase website traffic with the power of Pinterest! She offers monthly Pinterest management, strategy calls, and coaching. Chelsea is a wife, mom, and lover of peanut butter and bananas. When she’s not busy helping business owners with their Pinterest accounts, you can find her on walks with her family or binging a ridiculous reality TV show.

Chelsea and I chat all about the pivots that she made in her business, not giving up, the power of consistency, and her new definition of success.

If you are inspired by stories of service providers stepping into their potential, this is the episode for you.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/103

Resources Mentioned:

www.chelseahallsocial.com

Chelsea's FREE Beginners Guide to Pinterest

www.instagram.com/chelseahallsocial

servescalesoar.com/free

brandimowles.com/confident

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Have you ever thought to yourself “if I raise my prices, then no one will hire me!”?

Are you ready to make more money and stop working so much?

If you’re answering yes to both questions, you probably need to make some money mindset shifts!

This episode is a replay of one of the most popular and important episodes of the podcast! We are talking about raising prices which is something that I don't think enough people are talking about it.

We are also covering the money mindset shifts that you need to make in your business if you are ready to see massive growth!

If you have listened to this episode before, you might need to hear it again for it to really resonate with you! If you haven’t heard it, you don’t want to miss it.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/102

Resources Mentioned:

brandimowles.com/confident

Additional Resources:

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Do you want to create your own journey, show up exactly as you are, and create a thriving online business?

It’s totally possible, and my guest in this episode, Jacqueline Howard, is going to share how she did it.

Jacqueline Howard is a lover of wisdom and solitude. She is a mother of four and provides Executive Assistant and Community manager services. Jacqueline's passion lies in seeking fulfillment in both her personal and professional life. As an entrepreneur, recovering online course junkie, and homeschooling mother of four, she has learned to prioritize what matters most in order to achieve her goals.

Jacqueline has been a member of Serve Scale Soar for two years now, so she is joining me to share her journey from selling on Etsy and homeschooling her kiddos to having a crazy successful service-based business!

Press play on this episode to hear the roadblocks, lessons, and wins that Jacqueline has had in her online business so far that has led to her own version of success.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/101

Resources Mentioned:

www.thejacquelinehoward.com

www.Instagram.com/thejacquelinehoward

servescalesoar.com/free

brandimowles.com/confident

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Can you believe this is the 100th episode?!

To celebrate, we're coming at you with a very special episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast!

We thought it would be fun to turn the tables, so Stephanie Judice, the podcast producer of Serve Scale Soar since the very beginning, is asking me 100 questions for the 100th episode!

We are chatting about all things marriage and family, what running a business really looks like, and of course, what's to come for the rest of 2021.

This is such a fun episode, so I hope you enjoy celebrating alongside us!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/100

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Are you confident in the systems that you have in place?

When I needed help with mine, I purchased a ClickUp course from Courtney Lazar. It was beyond helpful, and I have loved following along with her ever since.

Courtney is joining me in this episode to share her expertise and advice when it comes to all things ClickUp and systems.

Courtney is the CEO and Systems Expert behind The Elevate Effect. She partners with service-based business owners to help them get out from under a pile of work and on top of their systems.

I absolutely love to talk about systems, and I can’t think of a better person to have this conversation with! Tune in to hear us talk about why you should use ClickUp as a service-based business owner, how to use ClickUp dashboards, why you should be focusing on simplicity when building out your systems, and more!

Resources Mentioned:

servescalesoar.com/free

servescalesoar.com/honeybook

servescalesoar.com/clickup

www.theelevateeffect.com

https://theelevateeffect.thrivecart.com/the-elevated-system/?affiliate=brandiandcompany

instagram.com/theelevateeffect

https://www.facebook.com/groups/theelevateeffectcommunity

https://brandimowles.com/2020/02/11/where-to-market-your-services/

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Find the full show notes at brandimowles.com/99

I can’t believe everything that happened in May...

Between trademark infringements, account shutdowns, and my mastermind trip, I was one tired mama by the end of it!

I'm excited to be breaking down some really important lessons that I learned in the month of May for you and of course, our income, in this episode.

I’ve never had a month like this in my business before, and I really think that the saying “new level, new devil’ rings true for May - even though I have never loved that expression!

It was such an interesting month because it was full of some true challenges that really taught me a lot. I think you can learn from my experiences too which is why I love to share these reports with you.

Tune in to hear all of the craziness and details!

PS: I would love it if you could leave a review if you haven’t already! This is one of the best ways that you can support the show, and it means the world to me!

Resources Mentioned:

https://brandimowles.com/2020/07/21/burnout/

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> betatobiggie.com

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

How do you come up with a profitable course topic that someone will actually buy?

This is a question that I get all the time, so I am answering it in this episode!

I'm breaking down the three types of course topics that you can create that not only sell like hotcakes but that light you up!

So many people fear that their course topic isn’t good enough or that no one will buy their course because their topic has been done before. Similarly, many service providers think that they need to teach their service in order to have a successful course. I am here to tell you that none of those things are true.

To further explain this as well as the three types of course topics that you can create, I am walking you through what I did and what some of the students in Beta to Biggie have done to find success.

If you're ready to learn the course topic that's right for you, listen in and take notes!

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> betatobiggie.com

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Are you under the impression that you can’t scale your business and work a full-time job at the same time?

My guest in this episode is going to prove you wrong!

I am joined by a brand new Serve Scale Soar Member, Jade Pruett, and she's talking to us all about how she went from making $300 to almost $10k in less than 30 days all while working her full-time job.

Jade Pruett is a Search Engine Optimization Specialist based out of Atlanta, Georgia. Her agency, Mind Over Marketing, helps small service-based businesses show up where the most intentional and ready-to-buy customers are searching for them: Google. Jade has a proven track record of using only organic SEO strategies to take small businesses from the 85th position in Google to the top five, which can mean huge increases in organic traffic and revenue for their businesses. When Jade is out of the office, she can be found riding her bike and spending time with her husband and her Corgi, Loaf.

Jade worked with some big-name companies before she realized that she could offer her own services and make a lot more money, so she is telling us all about that journey as well as how Serve Scale Soar helped her scale her business while she was still working her other job.

You are not going to want to miss this episode with Jade, so tune in!

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Are you ready to take action? This episode is going to inspire you to do just that!

I am joined by one of our Serve Scale Soar Members, Rhodaline Escala-Phelps, and she has such an inspiring story because she went from charging $5 per project (not per hour) to making over $6,000 per month in less than eight months of starting her business!

Rhodaline Escala-Phelps is a web design and SEO expert based in Minneapolis. She helps business owners increase impact, influence, and income by creating stunning and strategic websites. She creates websites that not only reflect the brand of the business owner but are optimized for conversions, ranking, and seamless user experience across platforms.

In this episode, Rhodaline walks us through her story and reminds us of the possibilities that we can all do with our business if we just get started.

Tune in to hear more from Rhodaline and how Serve Scale Soar opened the door for her to create the successful online business that she has today!

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Are you ready to hear the story of how service provider Kate Ahl became the go-to Pinterest expert?

We all know that building a successful service-based business comes with many mindset shifts and important pivots, so it is important to note that this is not an overnight success story!

Kate talks to us about creating a course and then deciding it wasn’t for her, building a team, and what mindset work she had to do to get to where she is today. We also get into how to use Pinterest as a service provider because I definitely wanted to hear all of her thoughts on this!

Kate Ahl is the owner and founder of Simple Pin Media, a Pinterest management company. They help their clients focus back on their business by taking over all aspects of Pinterest marketing. After working with over 600 Pinterest accounts, they have learned how to pin for all types of companies and niches.

Kate has taught tens of thousands about Pinterest marketing through various speaking engagements and her podcast, the Simple Pin Podcast. She aims to teach simple, actionable tips to help you create forward movement in your business instead of feeling overwhelmed.

This episode is jam-packed with knowledge bombs because we cover so many topics in such a small amount of time, so don’t miss this one!

Full show notes available at https://brandimowles.com/2021/06/08/how-kate-ahl-grew-her-agency-and-became-the-go-to-pinterest-expert/

April was full of excitement, fun, and surprises, so I am so excited to tell you all about it in this episode!

I am going over my recent trips to Florida, a super-secret Serve Scale Soar launch, quarterly taxes, launching a new program, the iOS update, and more!

I am also talking a little bit about restructuring the income report! Don’t worry, I'm still going to give you all the juicy behind-the-scenes details of what's happening, but I'm going to only be sharing some significant numbers with you going forward!

We have to be a little bit more protective about the growth of our business which I am sure so many of you can totally understand and relate to!

I personally think that what goes on behind the scenes in my business isn’t as important as the numbers, so I am sharing with you everything I can about both plus some life updates as usual!

Tune in to hear all the details because I am a total open book during this income report!

PS: I would love it if you could leave a review if you haven’t already! We are so close to 100 reviews, and I think it would be so cool if we could get that many before our 100th episode coming up!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/93

Resources Mentioned:

Betatobiggie.com

servescalesoar.com/free

servescalesoar.com/honeybook

Additional Resources:

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

How do you make sure you are intentional in your business? Do you do self-work to make sure that you are in the right niche or offering the right services?

One of our Serve Scale Soar members, Kristen Lux, is joining me in this episode, and we are deep diving into how we can improve our mindset, how we can improve how we show up in our business, how Serve Scale Soar has benefited her and much more.

Kristen is an Online Business Manager and Systems Coach for client-centered small businesses. She sifts through the chaos of small business operations creating streamlined systems for managing tasks, communications, and the client experience.

After jumping head-first into business ownership without any processes or systems--and then burning out--it became Kristen's mission to help other business owners avoid this common mistake. Now, the systems Kristen creates with her clients bring positive, profitable transformation to their businesses AND their lives.

When Kristen isn’t busy nerding out over systems, you can find her outdoors hiking, biking, walking, doing yoga, and spending time with her husband Greg and corgi-mix Bullet.

I know how inspiring the stories of Serve Scale Soar members can be, so don’t miss this value-packed episode with Kristen!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/92

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Why isn’t anyone talking about this...?

No one tells you that you kiss accountability goodbye when you get into entrepreneurship!

When you are in school, you know what time your class is, and you have deadlines. When you are at a 9 to 5 job, you have people around you, and you know when you have to be there.

That is all considered accountability, but we don’t have that in entrepreneurship. We make our own hours, set our own deadlines and so on, so how do we make sure we do everything we are supposed to?

We are going to be talking all about this in today’s episode. I am covering what I think about all of this, how I keep myself accountable, how you should find the accountability that you need and more.

Tune in to this short but important episode!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/91

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Have you figured out how to use Clubhouse to land clients yet?

You all know that I am not a social media guru, so Akilah A Thompkins-Robinson is joining me in this episode to talk all about how to use Clubhouse effectively to land clients.

Akilah A Thompkins-Robinson is an SEO strategist, author, speaker, and Tech founder who has worked in IT for 15 years. For the last 5 years, Akilah has been helping online businesses stand out and get found online using SEO and search marketing strategies.

Founder of GirlGetVisible.com and the Girl Get Visible Podcast, Akilah works to help female entrepreneurs learn SEO and utilize visibility to grow their business. Akilah is the author of My SEO Workbook and the creator of My SEO Writer Saas software.

I actually met Akilah on Clubhouse, so trust me when I say that she knows what she is doing on the app!

Listen in because we are covering how to make an impact and add value without being spammy, how to read the room, implementing a call to action statement to land discovery calls, how to be strategic in your bio and so much more!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/90

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Are you ready to go behind the scenes?

In this income report, I am going over my six-figure month, some exciting personal things that are happening, hiring employees, my Conversions for Clients launch, my LLC, and more.

This is a jam-packed episode that will empower you, inspire you, and give you action items that you can apply to your personal life and your business.

As always, my goal is to show you a behind-the-scenes look at what it takes to grow a seven-figure business.

Just a reminder: I am talking about actual revenue, not revenue generated.

Tune in to hear how my team and I rounded out Q1!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/89

Additional Resources:

www.betatobiggie.com

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram @brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Do you provide a service that you don’t totally love?

Caleigh Bell is joining me today to talk about how she pivoted from a successful Facebook Ads business to running a boutique podcast agency.

We are chatting all about what it looked like to pivot in her business, how she did it, what her mindset was around it and what she learned along the way!

Caleigh loves helping 6 and 7 figure female coaches and course creators increase their impact and audience through podcasting. Her business, All Things Podcasting, was created so that business owners could have a 1-stop-shop for all of their podcasting needs. Her small team handles all aspects of podcasting including launches, management, promotion, guest management, pitching, etc. so that her clients can focus on creating amazing content for their audience!

Her family consists of her, her husband, their 2 daughters, and 2 dogs. They love getting outside and going on adventures as a family. Most weekends you can find them having game nights with friends, hiking, camping, or traveling to see extended family. One of their biggest goals is to take their kids to as many national parks as they can.

Tune in to hear more from Caleigh about how she tracked her happiness level and how she was able to land where she is now with freedom and flexibility.

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/88

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Are you ready to do some spring cleaning?

I am not talking about spring cleaning your home. I am actually going over five different ways that you can do this with your business in this episode!

I think it is SO important to pause to compare where you are this year versus last year, and now is a great time to do that.

From automating systems to updating pricing and more, I am giving you some steps and tools that you can use to spring clean your business this year.

I am doing these things in my business right now, and I encourage you to do this right alongside me!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/87

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

What the heck is social selling? Can you use it as a service? Is it even right for service providers?

I am joined by Lattice Hudson, and we are jumping into the world of social selling to answer all of these questions.

Lattice is a business coach, leadership mentor and social sales expert. She is on a mission to help women make more money and increase their impact all while living a life that they love. “A woman with wealth is a woman with power”.

Lattice specializes in helping online coaches scale past that coveted 6-figure mark by leveraging high-ticket evergreen group coaching offers. In her free time, she enjoys relaxing on the beach, dancing to the latest TikTok trend and investing in digital real estate online!

We focus a lot in this episode on the importance of relationship-building in social selling, and I love that because so many of us think of social selling as something that isn’t authentic. That really isn’t true.

Tune in to hear more from Lattice about this and how you could potentially use social selling as a service!

Social selling is actually one of the first things we teach in Beta to Biggie. If you want to see that in action and learn more, apply for our training. Visit betatobiggie.com to apply!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/86

Additional Resources:

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

I am SO excited to share February’s income report with you!

February was lower than other months, but I am okay with that because it is all about the journey and lessons learned.

In this income report, I am giving an update on the dispute I worked through beginning in January, how I managed self-care and self-sabotage, the feelings I had about Conversions for Clients and of course, all of the numbers!

I really hope that you take the time to think about some of the lessons I learned in February and start to think about how you can apply them to your life and your business.

Even though February was a lower month from a numbers perspective, it was crucial to my journey.

Full show notes available at http://servescalesoar.com/february-income-report-2021/

Additional Resources:

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram @brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook

What does your service page have on it? Is it working for you?

Here’s what I know: If it’s working for you, don’t recreate it, but if your service page isn’t doing what you hoped it would, it’s time to change it!

In this episode, I am covering the elements that you should have on your service page and the one element you shouldn’t have!

I explain each element and tell you how you should implement them to best serve you, your clients and your business.

If you do this right, you will stand out and land more clients!

Tune in to learn what you need and what you definitely don’t need on your service page!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/84

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

How often do you choose to drive your business with what serves you in your personal life?

I am joined by Jenn Martin, and we are talking all about being able to make a bigger impact at home and in business when we lean into our individual values.

Jenn is a wife, mom of 3 boys and the CEO at Delightful in the Details. She helps Christian entrepreneurs launch their online programs with Facebook Ad Management + Launch Strategy services.

This episode is such a good reminder of the importance of staying true to who you are and what you believe so you can serve your clients with excellence and integrity.

Jenn is a student of mine in my Facebook ads course, Conversions for Clients, which helped Jenn niche down and take her business to the next level so I am excited for you to hear her journey!

Tune in to hear why it's okay to want more for yourself as a mother, how to lead with your values, why you don’t have to explain yourself to anyone and more!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/83

Additional Resources:

Sign up for my free training >> 3 Steps To Consistently Close High-Quality Facebook And Instagram Ad Clients

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Are you ready to make more money, more impact and elevate your services?

In today’s episode, I'm going to show you how to use the clients that you already have to elevate your services, still get paid and get amazing testimonials even when you don’t have any experience.

From how to offer your new services to why you shouldn’t be afraid of putting yourself out there, this episode will give you the next steps that you need to take your business to the next level!

If you are ready to elevate your services, tune in!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/82

Additional Resources:

Sign up for my free training >> 3 Steps To Consistently Close High-Quality Facebook And Instagram Ad Clients

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Do you show up on live video? I hope that you do!

I am joined by Tiffany Lee Bymaster AKA Coach Glitter, and we are talking all about the power of live video as well as how you can use it in your service based business to land clients.

Tiffany Lee Bymaster aka Coach Glitter has worked in the production world as a makeup artist, wardrobe stylist and set designer for nearly two decades in Film, TV, Commercial and Fashion as well as behind the scenes with Top Online Marketers, Authors and Speakers like Chalene Johnson, Amy Porterfield, Natalie Jill and Kajabi, just to name a few.

Tiffany's work has been featured in Oxygen Magazine, Shape, Fitness, Beverly Hills Lifestyle, Riviera, Teen Prom Magazines and 7 seasons at LA Fashion Week - many of which she was the Key Artist. Her extensive TV work includes Beverly Hills Nannies, The Real Housewives of Orange County, America’s Next Top Model, The Bachelor, The Bachelorette and various shows and specials on The Travel Channel, Bravo, VH1, MTV, ABC, CNN, and Fox News.

Over the last six years, Tiffany reinvented and established herself as her own Personal Brand Business in the online space as a highly sought after live launch strategist, business coach, consultant to major media companies & top affiliate marketer with a now 7-Figure business. Her program, Lights Camera Branding, which she has coached over 2,600 phenomenal students, combines her vast knowledge and experience working behind the camera with how to create successful digital live launches!

Tiffany is obsessed with coaching her students to gain clarity in their brand messaging, skyrocket their confidence on camera and increase their visibility through the power of live video in the online marketing space!

Building relationships is so important, and you can start to do more of that so easily through live video.

Tune in to hear how to create connections, engage with your audience and grow your business through live video!

Don’t forget that you can join me for my free training, 3 Steps to Consistently Close High-Quality Facebook and Instagram Ad Clients. During this FREE 3-part online LIVE training, you’ll learn how you can confidently start and grow your ads business (no experience required!).

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/81

Additional Resources:

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

It’s time for the first income report of 2021! I can’t wait for you to hear all about what happened in January.

In this income report, I am digging into the details of the virtual conference, giving a quick lesson on integrity, reviewing my plan for this year's launch schedule and much more.

I hope you learn a few things from this episode. I always like to review what I would have done differently and what worked with the hope that it helps you move forward in your business too!

Don’t forget that you can join me for my free training, 3 Steps to Consistently Close High-Quality Facebook and Instagram Ad Clients. During this FREE 3-part online LIVE training, you'll learn how you can confidently start and grow your ads business (no experience required!).

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/80

Additional Resources:

Conversions for Clients Waitlist

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram @brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook

What the heck do you do with an email list as a service provider? Do you even need one?

In today’s episode, I am answering these questions and giving a not-so-popular opinion.

From the mistakes I made when I started my own email list to how to determine an opt-in based on the future of your business, this episode will give you some perspective on what to do for your email marketing efforts - if anything!

Tune in if you are unsure if you need an email list or what you should do with your existing list!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/79

Additional Resources:

Sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Do you want to have a better money mindset?

Today’s episode is actually a replay of the number one training that we did for Biggie Size Your Biz Virtual Conference. Amber Dugger totally blew our minds about money mindset, and I knew that I had to share this on the podcast.

Amber Dugger is the founder of Profit For Keeps, a system developed for online entrepreneurs to end the stress and anxiety around numbers. It is a holistic system combining personal finance and business cash flow strategies using Profit First and YNAB (You Need a Budget). She has helped hundreds of coaches implement this system and has helped thousands more calculate revenue goals that actually make sense!

This training and Q&A is going to help you totally transform the way that you think about money, debt and expenses in your life and your business.

I believe that we need to normalize talking about money, especially as women. The more we can talk about it, the more comfortable we become making it and the more impact we can have.

Tune in if you are ready to shift your mindset and feel empowered!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/78

Additional Resources:

Sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Do you spend time making sure that your marketing meets your values and beliefs?

In today's episode, I am speaking with Michelle Mazur. She is the founder of Communication Rebel where she helps service-based business owners, coaches and consultants nail down their messaging and ethical marketing strategy.

We are talking about bro marketing today and what that really means for business owners in 2021.

We’re getting into what bro marketing is, why ethics play an important part in your strategy, how to refine your messaging and so much more.

This is such an important conversation, so you’re not going to want to miss out!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/77

Additional Resources:

Sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

December was full of reflection, relaxation and celebration!

We are covering a lot in this income report! From how our Beta to Biggie launch went, to how I celebrated my million dollar year. I will be talking about what my big goals are going forward and more, so get ready for a jam-packed episode.

I hope this episode will inspire you to step into the new year with big goals for your business and your life. 2020 was not an easy year for many people, but I hope you find that you were able to learn and grow from it just like I did.

If you are interested in creating a second stream of revenue in your business, visit www.betatobiggie.com to apply to watch our training!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/76

Additional Resources:

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram @brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Are you using relationships to grow your business?

In today's episode, I am speaking with Dina Pruitt. She is one of our members inside of Serve Scale Soar and she's an eCom Facebook ads manager.

What we’re talking about today is so relevant to what's going on in 2021-- From how the online atmosphere is changing to the relationships that you can build.

We’re getting into finding a niche, putting yourself out there, overcoming mindset blocks, building relationships, and so much more.

Dina shares how she was able to TRIPLE her business in a super-specific niche market. You will find lots of golden nuggets in this one so be sure to tune in!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/75

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team (www.servescalesoar.com/10k)

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Do you want to scale your business in 2021?

Today I’m teaching you the 10 things I learned scaling to $1 million in 2020. This is going to be a super fun episode with lots of reflection happening for both you and me.

Now, here's the deal. If you’re thinking, “Brandi, I’m not even to six figures yet, a million is not on my radar, this episode isn’t for me,” don’t tune out!

You will be able to take a lot of the lessons in today’s episode and apply them to your business right now. This will help you avoid some of the same mistakes I made along the way.

If you’re ready to make 2021 your best year yet, you’re going to love this episode!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/74

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Do you know what your brand personality is?

Today we are joined by Kira Hug, a personality-driven conversion copywriter, co-founder of The Copywriter Club and co-host of The Copywriter Club Podcast. She helps small business owners craft their personal brand by following her signature Brand Living Room Framework™.

In today’s episode, Kira and I are talking all about adding brand personality to your business: how to add it, where to add it and why it is important.

I was a little skeptical at the beginning, but I love how she explains exactly how to add our brand personality into our proposals, our discovery calls and our websites.

She has a really interesting approach that I think you’re going to love! Trust me when I say this is not going to be an episode you will want to miss!

Full show notes are available at www.servescalesoar.com/73

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

November has been a big month and a low key month at the same time. Join me for the November income report to find out what I’m talking about.

We have a lot to cover today, from personal discoveries, to business changes, to breaking down the numbers.

I want this episode to be a reminder that if you’ve had a good year, that’s okay! You don’t have to feel bad about it. And if you’ve not had such a great year, guess what? That’s okay too! Give yourself grace.

I also have an exciting announcement to make, but I don’t want to spoil it, so you’ll have to join me for the episode.

None of us know what 2021 will bring, but you can make it your best year yet no matter what! That’s why we’re hosting the Biggie Size Your Biz Virtual Conference. You can get your tickets at www.servescalesoar.com/biggie for only $19. We have an amazing lineup of guests, content, and panels that you’re not going to want to miss.

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/72

Additional Resources:

www.servescalesoar.com/biggie

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

This episode is a replay of our #1 most downloaded episode of 2020! I’m so excited that this is the episode you all chose because it is action-packed! Tune in if you missed it the first time, or if you have already listened, listen again!

Do you want to book more discovery calls, land more clients, and have referrals? Does your current onboarding process 'wow' your clients? Are you ready to let technology and systems work for you while you sleep?

In this episode, I will chat about how important your onboarding process is to you becoming a client magnet! Sometimes we don't think about onboarding until we get the client, but the truth is, you can take simple, actionable steps before, during, and after a discovery call that will build your confidence, add to your credibility, and secure your business. Your clients will find trust in you, will be singing your praises, and will become referral machines.

And, if you're ready to biggie size your business, then I want to invite you to join us for our virtual conference, Biggie Size Your Biz.

It’s only $19 for two days packed with guests like Jordan Gill, Amber Dugger, and Tasha Booth, and we are going to dig into how to biggie size your business for 2021. Head to servescalesoar.com/biggie to grab your tickets.

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/71

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Are you thinking about your new year’s resolutions for 2021?

Join me in this episode to find out why I’m actually not a big fan of the word “resolution” and what I do instead.

Today we’re talking all about planning your 2021.

I like to keep it simple, so we’re not talking about content calendars or social media posts, but I am sharing the 5 Rs that I use when planning any year.

We’re getting into strategic thinking, things you don’t want to give up on come February, and making decisions that move the needle forward.

If you’re ready to start making goals that you’ll actually stick to, tune in.

If you're ready to biggie size your business, then I want to invite you to join us for our virtual conference January 12-13, 2021.

This is a 2-day event packed with guests like Jordan Gill, Amber Dugger, and Tasha Booth. We are going to dig into how to biggie size your business for 2021……It’s going to be amazing and the tickets are a steal at only $19!!

You aren’t going to want to miss this so head to servescalesoar.com/biggie to grab your tickets today.

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/70

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Are you working towards leaving your 9 to 5 to run your business full-time?

Today's guest, Carolyn Heefner, might just have some words of wisdom for you.

Carolyn is a Facebook ad strategist who worked offline in the marketing space before deciding to freelance in the online world.

We're going to talk about cold calling, being a mom, having mom guilt, and leaving her 9 to 5 to pursue this career full-time so she didn't have to leave her little one anymore.

I know that so many of you can relate to this story, so even if you're not a Facebook ad strategist, you're going to want to stick around for this episode.

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/69

Resources Mentioned:

10 Headlines for Your Social Posts that Will Skyrocket Your Engagement

100 Content Ideas for Your Social

www.bellasocialcreative.com

Follow Carolyn on Facebook

Follow @bellasocialcreative on Instagram

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Does 2020 have you wondering how on earth to balance it all? Kids home from school, working from home, trying to grow a business. It can be a lot.

We’re going to get into all that and more with today’s special guest, Stacy Tuschl.

Stacy has made a name for herself as an expert in growing small businesses. Stacy started her own business at the age of 18 in her parents' backyard and turned that company into a multi-million dollar business she still runs today.

In addition to being a Small Business Growth Coach, Stacy is a bestselling author, and founder of the Foot Traffic Formula - helping small businesses around the world get more customers in the door, more profit in their pocket, and more happiness in their homes.

Today Stacy is sharing some of her experiences as a business owner, mother, and wife, including bringing her husband home to work in her businesses, balancing work and family during COVID, and finding joy in life.

Be sure to tune in to this week’s episode!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/68

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

If you lost one stream of revenue, would you have another one to fall back on?

We’re going to talk about diversifying your income and so much more in this month’s income report.

We’re getting into what it was like to launch and move in the same month. Plus, I'm excited to go behind the scenes of $197,000 month. October was a big month in a lot of ways!

Do you have multiple income streams in your business? If not, I have a free, private training coming up for service providers who are ready to create a second revenue stream without adding more time to their schedule, without having a big email list, and without posting on social media all the time. It's all about creating your very first course or membership and launching and relaunching it over and over again.

It’s super exclusive, by invite only, and I'm inviting you to apply! The application window closes on December 8th so be sure to apply so you don’t miss out.

If you've been holding onto a Google doc filled with ideas of things that you would love to create you are in the right place. Head to www.betatobiggie.com to apply.

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/67

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

What goals do you want to achieve in 2021? What is your plan to get there?

The year is almost over and it’s a perfect time to sit down and write out your master plan for 2021. But, before you get started, there are some important questions you should be asking yourself.

Before you sit down to make your 2021 plan, I want to go over the three pillars you need to consider, and the questions that go into each of them.

We’re talking about the three pillars to consider when setting your plan, questions you have to ask yourself in order to see growth, a few things you may actually need to stop doing to help your business grow and how being honest with yourself will lend the best results.

If you’re ready to leave 2020 in the past and make an amazing plan for 2021, join me in this episode!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/66

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

How do you define success? Are you holding yourself to your own definition, or are you trying to conform to someone else's?

Today I’m joined by one of the members within the Serve Scale Soar membership, Priscilla Greene, who is sharing her journey to finding her own definition of success.

Priscilla Greene is a wife, a mom of three, and owner of Freedom to Focus Business Support. She provides executive assistance services to six and seven-figure women business owners.

We’re talking all about confidence and how it plays into your business, why the relationships that we build matter, why being yourself is more important than anything, and the reasons defining success on your own terms and not someone else’s is the biggest gift you can give yourself.

I loved having Priscilla on the show so if you’re ready to start defining success on your own terms, join us for this value-packed discussion!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/65

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Do you want to create a high-ticket program? A high-ticket service that you can sell to anyone with confidence?

Well, today my guest, Laura Wright is with us to talk all about selling your high-ticket program, even if you don’t have one yet!

Laura supports high-achieving, ambitious women to move out of six figures and into seven figures through high-ticket sales.

In this episode, Laura is spilling all the deets on what a high-ticket service is and everything you need to know to start offering one. High-ticket offers can give you more freedom by bringing in more income without a heavier workload.

You might be thinking that you can’t price your services higher because no one will buy them. If that’s you, Laura is here to prove you wrong.

If you’re a service provider ready to make more money, this is an episode you won’t want to miss!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/64

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

If you need a reminder that your voice matters and you’re on the right track, then I want you to listen up in this episode.

It is the end of another quarter, and I am ready to update you all on where we are on tracking our million-dollar year.

Although, September was about way more than just tracking a million. I had to pay a ton of money to the federal government, I learned a lot, I grew a lot as a person, we launched Serve Scale Soar, and I had to fire my production team…

See! I told you you wouldn’t want to miss this month’s income report. Be sure to tune in!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/63

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Have you always dreamed of traveling the world to beautiful destinations while simultaneously making five-figure months?

Join me today as I ask Hollie Lowes all about how she has been able to make this dream a reality. She is a Canadian entrepreneur, now based out of Europe, and is quite the traveler! Hollie is able to travel the world while making 6 figures per year by serving online experts as a Facebook and Instagram Strategist.

Hollie started as a virtual assistant and for years did odd-job random work, but she was really able to catapult her online career after joining Serve Scale Soar, niching down and is now a fully booked Facebook ads manager. After a short amount of time dedicating herself to learning ads management, she was able to scale her business while significantly cutting back her weekly and monthly hours worked.

Additionally, she now has two online memberships. The Virtual Bizwiz teaches travel lovers how to start a successful online business and the second membership is for people who want to DIY their ad services.

I am so excited to have Hollie on this week’s episode to share her journey from an overwhelmed and overworked virtual assistant to a successful, traveling ads manager. Be sure to tune in because this is a fun one!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/62

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Are you thinking about pivoting your business but are maybe scared to make a change?

Well, fear not!

Jocelyn Panton is here to share her experience with pivoting her business during the pandemic.

Jocelyn is an actress who started side hustling to support herself in between gigs. She started by offering pitching services to speakers and now offers services as a Facebook and Instagram ads strategist! And in case that wasn’t enough, she started her Facebook and Instagram ads business in the midst of COVID-19!

Jocelyn is sharing what her journey has been like as she’s found her way to her current business, what she wants you to know if you are starting or pivoting a business, and why she believes in putting yourself first.

If you’re ready to change things up and build a business that you love, be sure to tune in to this week's episode.

And remember, there are only a few days left to catch my free training for Facebook ad managers. I am covering how to land your dream client confidently, even if you don't have any experience running Facebook or Instagram ads, and how to elevate your services to become a Facebook and Instagram ad strategist.

We are starting video two the day this podcast episode releases, so you still have a chance to catch up on video one, and catch videos two and three live. This is your last chance to catch this training live until May 2021. Go to www.confidentadmanager.com to get registered.

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/61

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Today we are joined by eleven Facebook ad managers who are sharing their tips and strategies for starting and growing their ad management businesses.

We’re going to hear from people in all different stages of business, so whether you’re thinking about becoming an ad manager or you already have your own online business, these tips are gold.

If you have been needing a push to get started as a Facebook Ad Manager, this episode might be the push you’ve been needing.

If this episode speaks to you, I want to invite you to my free three-part training that’s taking place right now. You will learn the three steps to consistently land high quality Facebook and Instagram ad clients. You can register at www.confidentadmanager.com. I am excited to see you inside the Facebook group!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/60

Additional Resources:

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

There were a lot of big changes in August. I had a “big” birthday… my 30th! I have to admit that I was having a hard time with it so Austin and I planned a totally last-minute trip to the Keys to unplug. We had such a fun time as a family and it made me realize how important rest and recharging is!

In August I also attended Stu McClaren’s online Tribe Live event which is always an amazing experience. And guess what…. Not only was I able to donate to Stu’s foundation, Village Impact, but I was also able to pay off $100,000 in student loans!

My big lesson learned in August was that it’s essential to look at the future and think about what I want out of my business in the next year, two years, three years, and beyond. Once I have a vision for what I want, then I can put a plan in place for how I will achieve it.

Of course, as always in our income report episodes, we’re going to get into the numbers. We will cover the money that came in and where it went. It’s always my hope that these reports can help you as you look at the numbers in your own business.

My income reports are always a fan favorite, so if you want to take a behind the scenes look at what I learned in the month of August, make sure to tune in to today’s episode!

If you haven’t heard yet, my free training How to Confidently Land Clients as a Facebook and Instagram Ad Manager Without Any Experience Necessary will be live soon! It's going to kick off on October 17th, but we have a ton of free resources and training leading up to it inside the Facebook group. Head to www.confidentadmanager.com to get registered today, and I'll see you inside the Facebook group!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/59

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Have you ever thought that maybe it's time for you to transition to a premium service so you can start getting paid more? Are you wondering how to know if you’re even ready to do that?

That's exactly what we’re going to chat about today.

If you know me, you’ll know that I’m passionate about everyone offering a premium service at some point in their business and in this episode we’re going to talk about exactly when you might be ready. There are three different ways to know if it's time for you to add a premium service into your business, so if you’re ready to start making more money and working less hours, this episode is going to be one to tune-in to!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/58

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Have you always thought of income plateaus being a bad thing? Well, let’s talk about why that doesn’t have to be the case.

In today's episode, I am talking to Tasha Booth, and we are talking all about income plateaus. Tasha is an agency owner, coach, and podcaster. She is the Founder and CEO of the Launch Guild which provides course launch support and digital marketing implementation to established coaches and course creators.

In this episode, we are covering the difference between a good and bad income plateau, how you can use plateaus to avoid burnout, and why you need to move to packages and stop charging hourly.

If you’ve been stuck at a certain amount of money and can't seem to break through, this episode is going to be one you don’t want to miss!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/57

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Have you ever wondered why I make this podcast? Or thought about starting your own?

This month marks one year of the Serve Scale Soar podcast! That means that you've gotten one episode every week for the last year- I didn't skip a beat.

I'm super excited to be celebrating with this episode and I'm sharing the five things I’ve learned over the last year of podcasting. I want to talk about all the things I love, why I’ve made certain decisions, and why I think you should start a podcast too!

Join me to celebrate one year of podcasting and take a look at what we’ve learned along the way.

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/56

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

How would you like to hear sixteen service provider tips for scaling your business from actual service providers who are all at different levels in their business and in their lives?

In this week's episode, we are going to hear from social media managers, podcast managers, tech consultants, OBM's, Facebook ad managers, actresses, moms, professional RV-ers, chicken owners and so many more.

I’m so excited that these amazing women have taken the time to share their service provider tips with us. There are some real gems in today’s episode! From having a pulse on your happiness level to investing in yourself, there’s something in here for everyone, no matter where you are in your business.

If you’re wondering how to scale your business, these service provider tips are a great place to start!

If your next step looks like investing in yourself, I’ve got good news for you because the doors to Serve Scale Soar are open for the next FIVE DAYS ONLY.

Are you ready to stop questioning your prices or struggling to get clear on who you serve? Maybe you’re ready to finally set up your systems, raise your prices, and elevate your services. If you are looking for a community to support you along the way, this is your chance. Head over to www.servescalesoar.com/scale before Sunday night to get in on the action.

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/55

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Have you ever felt bummed out about an off month in your business? Guess what? We all have them!

Let’s talk about why lower-income months are nothing to stress about and what they might be gearing you up for.

This week we’re here for another income report, and in this one, I'm going behind the scenes of what it looks like when I have an off month, what four major things happened in the month of July, and why I didn't freak out when I saw my revenue-generated number for the month of July. It’s going to be a good one!

Don’t forget that my free training is happening next week and this only goes live twice a year so you do not want to miss it. If you are a service provider looking to scale to consistent $10,000 months without hiring a team, go to www.servescalesoar.com/free to get signed up so you don’t miss it!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/54

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Are you trying to offer more services than you can keep track of? Are you thinking that the more services you offer, the more clients you’ll attract?

This is a simple mistake that I see so many new business owners making. Think about it. If you’re offering everything under the sun, what will people know you for? What will they refer you for? Probably nothing! They have to know what it is you do, and so do you. Trust me, when it comes to your business, less is more.

The quicker you can be known for what you offer, the quicker you will scale your business.

In this episode, I’m going to teach you three steps to decide what one service to offer. We're getting rid of that laundry list of services that you are currently offering and we're nailing down what you will become known for.

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/53

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Do you dream of truly having time for everything you love, not just a false sense of flexibility? Are you tired of putting work before family?

Tia McCarthy has some fantastic insights for us on this episode as she is sharing her journey from teacher, to direct sales network marketing, to starting her own business and finally having the freedom she longed for. She is living a life she loves, with the time and flexibility to prioritize family over work.

Tia is a former network marketing leader who was burnt out and not making the money she wanted. She started her VA business in November 2019 in what she thought would be Pinterest and Social Media Management. After a few months she realized she didn’t like bouncing around from client to client in multiple industries, but was ignoring the fact that her favorite clients were network marketing leaders. Because of Serve Scale Soar, she made connections that allowed her to scale and transform her business within just one month, moving from all different genres of clients and making 2,000/m to only working with network marketing leaders and making 6,000/m with a one stop shop offering business and social media strategy and VA services.

Join us as we sit down to talk all about how our friendship began, what our journeys have looked like, and what some of our biggest obstacles and wins have been.

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/52

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Are you ready to increase your revenue without adding more retainer clients? If that sounds like the dream but also completely impossible, then this episode is for you.

Today’s special guest, Jordan Gill, is talking all about how to incorporate VIP days (or intensives) into your service based business so you can make more revenue without taking on more retainer clients. I'm so excited for you to meet Jordan and to learn what VIP days are and how they can be added into your business.

Jordan is a texan, a dog mom, a fiance, a bonus mom, and an avid jigsaw puzzler. She is also head honcho of System Saved Me, an operations consulting firm, where she conducts all the VIP days. Her passion is helping overworked, one-woman shows become streamlined solopreneurs.

Today we are covering pretty much everything you could ever need to know about VIP days; you will not believe how much Jordan covers in our forty minutes with her!

If you’re ready to increase your revenue and your white space without adding more retainer clients, be sure to tune into this week’s episo

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/51

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

I’m back with another income report, and I have so many important things that I want to get into this month.

I hope you’ll join me today as we reflect on the lessons learned over the last couple of months and talk about why the Black Lives Matter movement is so important. I really wanted to take the time to give Black Lives Matter its own moment on the podcast without overshadowing it with other topics. I am also sharing what we are doing at Brandi and Company to right our wrongs and make our community a more inclusive space for all.

Of course, I’ll also get into the usual income report goods. What our revenue was, our expenses-- all the good stuff! I'm breaking down what it looks like to have almost $80,000 cash flow through the bank and $47,000 in revenue generated, as well as where we are on our track to a million-dollar year.

But much more important than that, as always, are the lessons learned in June.

If you want to keep bettering yourself and bettering the future for your children, tune in and join the discussion.

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/50

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Have you ever daydreamed about leaving your 9 to 5 to work online full-time? Doing both can be rewarding but also exhausting.

Join me today as I ask Carrie Flynn how she balances being a mom, working full-time, and running an online business.

Carrie is a mom of two, a full-time teacher, and she's having $6,000 months in her online business. She owns a company called Virtual Simplicity which offers Online Business Management and done for you system setups in Dubsado and Kajabi.

Carrie reveals how she got into the online space, and what she does to keep on top of everything. Life doesn’t always go the way we expect, and running an online business poses unique challenges that we might not always be prepared for.

Stay tuned as we dive into how she manages a family, a full-time job, and her growing online business. We also dive into the big plans she has for her future!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/49

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Is your boat sinking? Do you feel the burnout creeping up and threatening to take over?

I wanna tell you a little secret. EVERYONE feels that way sometimes, entrepreneur or not. Burnout will happen, you’re only human, but how you prepare for it and deal with it is where the magic happens.

In this episode, we’re talking about why burnout is like a sinking ship, and what we can learn from that analogy. I want you to be ready when the burnout comes, and prepared to overcome it, not give in to it.

When you’re through with this episode, I want you to go out, take inventory of the holes in your business, and start fixing them. It won't happen overnight, but don’t let that stop you from stating. Take messy action. Start repairing that business!

If you’ve been feeling overwhelmed and aren’t sure how to take the next step, this one’s for you!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/48

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Have you been scared away from using Upwork by rumors of low pay, high fees, and difficult clients? Me too!

I’m so excited to hear what Laura Briggs has to teach us about how she created a six-figure business using Upwork. If you’ve shied away from Upwork, or tried it and had a bad experience, I encourage you to listen to this whole episode, because Laura has some amazing advice and insider knowledge about how to make Upwork really work for you.

Laura has her own writing business, she helps other freelancers learn how to scale their businesses, and has one book out with another on the way. She is such a wealth of knowledge and it’s an honor to have her on the podcast today.

If you want to find out how Upwork could be serving you and your business, stay tuned!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/47

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Are you curious what a $251,000 month looks like? I’m breaking it down for you like no one else does.

I’m so excited about the results of this month, and the lessons that I’ve learned from it. I’m going to tell you all about the amazing experience of going behind the scenes of an $8,000,000 launch, and what being a part of a live launch has taught me.

We’re breaking down finances, talking about being a better mom, and figuring out how to obtain the one thing you really want.

If you’re ready to dive into the good, the bad, and the ugly. . . Stay tuned!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/46

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Are you trapped in doing subcontracting work? Do you feel that you have the skills and the tenacity to start having your own clients and making it a business? Where and how do you start?

If you dream of breaking free from subcontracting work, this episode is such a treat for you because I'm having an amazing conversation with Jennifer Feeney. She's been providing excellent support to CEOs since 2007 and now she's the founder of Elite Executive Solutions. Jennifer is also a wife, a mother, a grandma, a dog mom to 10 dogs, a runner, and a bodybuilder. Her list just goes on and on.

Listen in as we talk about gaining experience and exposure through subcontract work, the mindset shifts you need to make sound business decisions, and how to enjoy the freedom of having your own clients.

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/45

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow Me on Instagram

Follow Me on Facebook

Have you ever wondered how you could get involved with your local community? Are you looking for ways to grow your support system as you grow your business? Workshops could be the perfect solution for you.

Shannon McKinstrie is a wife and mom who works with online women entrepreneurs to help them step up their social media game. What I love about her is that she also works locally with her community in D.C. to help small business owners grow a community around their brand and get results from organic, proven social media strategies.

Today we are talking all about how to take your services from online to offline by running an event workshop. Shannon is walking us through how to set up workshops to get clients in your community, whether you’re from a small town like Salem, Virginia, like me, or a big city in D.C.

We are breaking down what that process looks like, some topics you could use, how to book them, and what to charge.

This episode is so empowering, even I want to get out there and start my own workshop. This is not one to miss!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/44

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Have you ever wanted to know how to keep clients around longer? How to make sure that you have consistent income and you're not always chasing around after new clients?

In this episode, I am breaking down the 3 reasons to implement 3- and 6-month contracts in your business. I’m also giving you my ninja trick for getting clients to commit to those contracts, even when they're just meeting you!

These are the things that people aren't talking about, but that you absolutely need to know. And guess what? I happen to LOVE talking about 3- and 6-month contacts. And by the end of this episode, you will too! Because you will have the tools you need to start retaining more clients, increasing your revenue, and securing your future.

If you've ever wondered how to keep more clients or generate more income, then this is the episode for you.

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/43

If you are interested in hearing more about my tips and tricks for scaling your service-based business, head on over to www.servescalesoar.com/10k and check out my free training: How to Scale to Consistent $10,000 Months Without Hiring a Team.

Additional Resources:

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Have you ever wondered how you're supposed to scale your business as an OBM, a project manager, an executive assistant, or a virtual assistant? Do you question if your service is even scalable?

I truly believe today’s guest, Corinne Blagg, is going to break a lot of belief barriers that you are holding on to.

Corinne lives in northern Vermont with her husband, and two kids. She is an OBM who helps online coaches focus on their zone of genius so they can spend their time on that, and she can spend time taking care of all the other things for them.

As a Certified Online Business Manager with 10 years of experience as an Account Manager for a HUGE online travel agency, she’s gotten a behind the scenes look at a lot of businesses. She has seen what systems and marketing strategies work and which ones don’t, and she’s here today to share her knowledge and expertise to help your business grow.

She is sharing with us her journey to becoming an OBM and everything she’s learned along the way, including how she boosted her income to almost 10x more than when she started out.

Whether you’re a newbie or veteran of the online space, Corinne is sharing valuable insider info. Trust me, if you have been thinking about starting or scaling a business you do NOT want to miss this episode.

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/42

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Today’s episode will be an interesting one! If you have been tuning in to the show for a while, you have been hearing my monthly income reports and my big goal for a million-dollar year. We had a lot of amazing things happen this month and spent our time and energy gearing up for a big launch I was doing in May (which you will get to hear about in a few weeks on the podcast so stay tuned!).

April was a fun month where I spent some time playing with some new offers and checked some things off my bucket list! I ended up generating $63,837 in April. This was a month filled with relationship building and playing around with some stuff in our business so I am excited to share a behind the scenes look!

On today's episode:

finding my bigger purpose
going live with Amy Porterfield!
my "play" project this month and the revenue it generated
overbooking myself in April and what I learned from it

Make sure you subscribe to the podcast if you don’t already because you are NOT going to want to miss May’s income report! It was an insane month and I still haven’t fully recovered :)

If you are interested in joining the Serve Scale Soar membership I encourage you to check out my free training How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team.

Resources Mentioned:

Delighted with Dubsado: Automate Your Onboarding System So That You Can Reclaim Your Time and Scale Your Service-Based Business

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Today I am so excited to have Stephanie Judice on the podcast. Stephanie is one of the founding members of the Serve Scale Soar membership, a member of my Inner Circle Mastermind, and she is the Serve Scale Soar podcast manager!

One of the things I love most about Stephanie is the exceptional service she gives her clients. This makes it so easy to refer her to other people looking for podcast managers too!

In this episode, we are talking about the mindset shifts that had to happen for her to scale her business and who she is surrounding herself with to reach her big goals.

Stephanie is sharing the ins and outs of what niching down looks like, and how it’s benefitted her business. A little more than two years ago, she started her journey in the online space as a virtual assistant. For over a year she struggled trying to figure out what services she really wanted to offer. Even though she was multi-passionate and offered “all the things” for many different clients, she finally found podcast management and was able to bundle it up as a streamlined service that she could scale.

We are talking mindset, niching down, pricing your services, service to your clients and building relationships that matter and make the biggest impact.

If you have struggled with any of these things, you are going to want to make sure to tune in to today’s episode!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/40

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Are you a freelancer who aspires to have your own boutique agency? How do you manage a team and still run a profitable business? What are some of the roadblocks you might come up against along the way?

In this episode, we're going to hear a different perspective on scaling a service-based business. Meg Witt is the owner of Six Figs, a boutique agency that provides coaching, branding, and business support services to female entrepreneurs.

Meg talks about her jump from corporate into the world of entrepreneurship. She will show us how she built a 6-figure boutique agency in a year and a half- all without debt!

We get into the nitty-gritty of the challenges she overcame along the way. We chat about building a team, setting up systems, and serving multiple clients-- all without sacrificing your family life.

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/39

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

How can offering Facebook and Instagram ad services take your business to the next level? Today I am chatting with Ashley Monk who is one of the Conversions for Clients founding members. Ashley serves her local community with her boutique agency, IT Media, and recently expanded her services to include digital marketing.

Today we will be talking about what it’s like to be a Facebook ad manager. We are talking pros and cons and how to take massive action in your business.

How do I niche down when I’m a multi-passionate entrepreneur? Am I brave enough to start my business before it's perfect? Do I really need to invest in courses to be successful?

If you have been asking yourself these questions, be sure to tune in to today’s episode!

Value Bombs:

How Ashley discovered her passion for marketing from an unlikely background
Being passionate about giving your clients results
How authentic content replaces over curated content
Building face-to-face relationships with clients
Getting on the right money mindset with your services
The challenge of niching down when you have too many options
The beauty of being in a supportive community of pros
The pros and cons of working for local businesses
Why not everybody can be a Facebook Ads manager

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/38

Wow! March 2020 will definitely be one for the history books! In today’s episode, we are going behind the scenes of my business to find out how I generated $67,000 and why my expenses were over $39,000.

March was a month full of pivots- in our lives and in our business. I have been planning my first live event and mastermind retreat for months. Venues, flights, and hotels were booked and all of the details were finalized. Then the coronavirus hit and suddenly we had some BIG decisions to make- continue with a live event or switch everything to virtual last minute.

We are diving deep into the details of my income and expenses, new team members to Brandi and Co., and you will find out why I watched Tiger King, not once, but twice!

March has been a month filled with madness, but we pivoted and made the best out of the situations we were presented with and ultimately had an amazing month!

Value Bombs:

The importance of pivoting in your business when you need to
The challenge of converting a live event to virtual
My feelings behind a 98% virtual show-up rate
The value of good laughter
Why you shouldn’t feel bad about charging your clients right now
The incredible power of masterminds
The importance of saving for training and education expenses
Creating SOP’s to plan for unexpected events
Why I spent $12,000 on one program
Working from a place of gratitude

By the way…... have you heard about my brand new FREE training?! This training is for anyone who’s ever considered running Facebook ads for their clients. During this three-part online training, you will learn how you can confidently start and grow your ads business and close high-quality clients. Make sure to register >> 3 Steps to Consistently Close High-Quality Facebook and Instagram Ad Clients

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/37

Reach out on Instagram or Facebook and say hi! I love hearing from you!

Today we are talking all about the California law that is affecting service providers all over the country. California Assembly Bill 5 (AB5), also known as the “gig worker bill,” is a piece of legislation signed into law in September 2019. It requires companies to reclassify contractors into employees. As a service provider, how can this law affect you? Is there a way around it? What effect does it have on your business if you have California based clients?

In this episode, we will dive into the details of AB5 with lawyer, Emily Baker as she makes a very unfun topic relatable. Listen in as we uncomplicate this matter and zero-in on its implications to writers, VAs, and other contractors. We also discuss the importance of having a business that's solid and prepared for changes now.

Emily D. Baker left her 10-year career to help serve online business owners as they start and grow their business. She has helped hundreds of entrepreneurs get their business life right so they can focus on their zone of genius.

I am excited to have Emily as our special guest today!

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/36

Have you thought about creating a membership, but you’re worried that no one would even sign up? Maybe you keep telling yourself that you don’t have a big enough audience or you don’t have enough knowledge to be teaching others.

I get it…. I had all of the same thoughts when I was starting the Serve Scale Soar membership. Looking back, I am SO glad that I didn’t allow overthinking and fear to hold me back. If you’ve ever thought about adding a second stream of income to your service-based business, you are going to want to make sure to tune in to today’s episode!

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/35

Sign up for Stu’s free training at www.servescalesoar.com/tribe

Reach out to me on Instagram @brandimowles and let’s brainstorm membership ideas for YOU!

Have you ever thought about adding additional revenue into your business? You may have thought about starting a membership, but have no idea what it would even look like or how to know WHEN you should start one!

Today is a super special episode because I have the amazing Stu McLaren on the podcast. Stu is what I like to call the membership guru! He is a personal mentor of mine and runs an amazing non-profit organization, Village Impact, that many of you know I am super passionate about. He is a master at telling stories and loves to teach others how they can create a membership that lights them up---while creating sustainable recurring income! Yes, please!

Today we are breaking down what it looks like to add recurring profit to your already thriving service based business. If you have ever thought about adding another stream of revenue to your business or maybe have even considered phasing out some of your clients or services, this will be an episode you don’t want to miss.

My own membership, Serve Scale Soar, has not only allowed me to impact more people, but it also sets me up as an expert in my niche, which allows me to have higher end clients.

Many service providers feel they're not an “expert” or that they don't have a huge following. Many think it's way too complicated to start and run a membership. That’s exactly why I have Stu on the show today to answer your toughest questions about starting a membership. Stu has more than 10 years of experience in helping experts transform their knowledge and influence into recurring revenue by launching, growing and scaling 7 and 8-figure membership sites.

Value Bombs:

Fulfilling a need started Stu’s journey to membership coaching
Why a service provider is in the best position to start a membership
How to keep your “saw” sharp
The beauty of being able to pick your ideal client
Why you don’t need a huge audience to start a membership
Smaller audiences and why they are actually an advantage
How to position your membership to your existing clients
Keeping your membership super simple when you’re not techy
The perfect time to set up a membership
How to measure the success of your membership

I want to answer your questions about starting a membership. Tell me about your services. Does it even make sense for you to add recurring profit into your business right now? DM me on Instagram @brandimowles and we can brainstorm ways you can add a membership into your service-based business. Because who wouldn’t love additional recurring income?! :)

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/34

On today’s episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast, I will be breaking down what it’s like to run a super profitable business even when things don’t go as planned. February was a tough month in a lot of ways, but I will be diving into all of the numbers. I am happy to report I generated over $59,000!

This month was filled with heartache, disappointment and moving homes. I gained a lot of knowledge this month and learned many lessons, but I am thankful because now we have systems and processes in place in my business to avoid these issues in the future.

This is me being transparent and real. I'm going to go behind the scenes and talk about what happened, what worked, what didn't work and what I learned. So join me in this journey towards my million dollar year!

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/33

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Reach out on Instagram or Facebook and say hi! I love hearing from you!

Today we are turning things around! I am usually the one in the driver’s seat, but today my own mentor and coach, Rick Mulready, will be interviewing ME!

We are diving into my backstory, what my family life looks like now that I retired my husband and what my plans are for the future of my business-- they are BIG!

The past two years of my life have been spent shifting my mindset, creating a healthy work-life balance, and dealing with the frustrations and disappointments that can come with growing a business.

I am excited to see what you guys think about us flipping the script on today’s episode! Make sure to tune in because I am doing a fun giveaway! Be sure to reach out and let us know what you thought of the episode. Tag Rick and I on Instagram @rickmulready and @brandimowles and let us know you tuned in!

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/32

Do you suffer from shiny object syndrome? Are you listening to wayyyy too many people online who all seem to all have different messages on how you can grow your business? Have you ever felt overwhelmed with what courses to take and which mentors to follow?

This is just a sample of what we will be covering on the show today. In this episode, I'm honored to talk to Maggie Isley about prioritizing family, making intentional mindset shifts, and following through on your action plans. When Maggie joined my membership she was bringing in $3,000 a month and within 30 days she more than doubled it and finished at $7,300! Amazing, right?!

Maggie Isley is a holistic brand designer and strategist, wife and mom to two boys. She has only been in the Serve Scale Soar membership for a short time, but even in 30 days her results have been amazing! Listen in and find out how you, too, can eliminate the noise and create processes to WOW your clients so you can hit your personal income goals!

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/31

Do you want to book more discovery calls, land more clients, and have referrals? Does your current onboarding process 'wow' your clients? Are you ready to let technology and systems work for you while you sleep?

In this episode, I will chat about how important your onboarding process is to you becoming a client magnet! Sometimes we don't think about onboarding until we get the client, but the truth is, you can take simple, actionable steps before, during, and after a discovery call that will build your confidence, add to your credibility, and secure your business. Your clients will find trust in you, will be singing your praises and will become referral machines.

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/30

Is indecisiveness your weak point? How do you summon the courage to take action and scale your business? If you've been itching to start your game but lack the willpower to make the first step, this episode will definitely get you moving!

Today's guest is copywriter and funnel strategist Haley Greene. I am so excited to have Haley on the show today because I have known Haley for a while now! Haley, like many of us, started out doing “all the things”. She worked around the clock and plateaued at $5,000 a month.

Things in her business aligned and that's when she decided to go all in on copywriting. She cleaned up her systems, let go of her hourly clients and switched her business over to retainer and package pricing. That’s when things quickly grew. Now Haley brings in over $8.500 a month as a conversion copywriter. I am excited for you to hear her journey.

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/29

So I did a thing….. I published my first income report. Talk about scary! I hesitated and wasn’t sure if I wanted to do them, but after polling my audience, you all said you wanted them, so here we are!

This is a replay of a recent Facebook live I did breaking down my business and how I generated over $101,000 in January. Listen in as I go over exactly what my expenses are, the revenue I generated, and what worked and what didn’t. This is a behind the scenes look into my business. I am dedicated to doing these reports each month as we track a million dollar year. I am excited for each of you to be a part of my journey!

Read the full show notes where www.servescalesoar.com/28

Have you ever thought to yourself “if I raise my prices, then no one will hire me!”?

Are you ready to make more money and stop working so much? I love talking about raising your prices because I don't think enough people are talking about it.

If you have been thinking about raising your prices or wondering how to do it, make sure to tune in! We are covering money mindset shifts you need to make in your business if you are ready to see massive growth!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/27

Today on the show I have a dear friend joining me...meet Samatha Semans! Samantha is a mama to 4 kids under 7 and is a part of the Serve Scale Soar membership and Inner Circle mastermind. Samantha has a heart of gold and loves to serve her community through her involvement in various nonprofit organizations and her church. She does all of this WHILE running a successful social media and FB ads business! Amazing, right?! I am excited for you to tune in to today’s episode. You will get to get a behind the scenes tour of how she does it all! Listen in to find out how you can connect and network in your own community….. While scaling your business!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/26

Today’s episode is all about marketing your services online. Are you spending your time actively marketing or passively posting about what you do?

Do you know where your ideal clients are hanging out? Are you spending your time on the right platform? You know that time is something you never seem to have enough of, so this episode is here to help you narrow down where you are spending your time so you can make the best use of the limited amount you have. We all know that marketing is pretty much THE most important thing in your business, but it doesn’t have to take the most time. Listen in for ways to simplify your marketing and find out where you should be hanging out so you can land a new client in less than 30 days!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/25

Do you need to work on your mindset? Are you looking for the right community to join to walk with you while building your business? Are you wondering if subcontracting might be something worth looking into? Do you need to work on streamlining your systems so you can scale? What can you do differently in your business if you keep hitting a plateau?

We are going to cover all of these topics and more on today’s episode with my very good friend, Brianna Cortez! Brianna and I met when we were in the beginning stages of our business and it’s been so fun to be able to see how much she has grown in her business! She lays down some HUGE value bombs so make sure you don't miss it!

Brianna is a Facebook ad strategist and through her business Pixel & Delight, she helps online entrepreneurs sell more of their digital products and programs through the power of Facebook and Instagram ads. She is a wife and dog mom based in San Antonio, Texas and loves helping women business owners expand their audience, spread their message, and supercharge their launches with creative and effective ad strategy.

Full show notes are available at www.servescalesoar.com/24

Today’s episode is all about niching down and getting crystal clear on who you serve and how you serve them. This is one of the first things I address inside my membership because I think it is something that is very important.

This episode will cover all of the ways you can niche down and actionable items you can take to help you determine your niche. I know it’s scary to think about cutting your potential client pool down, but as the saying goes “when you serve everyone, you serve no one”.

Knowing who you serve and what services you offer them will allow you to stand out from the rest.

Remember, THE RICHES ARE IN THE NICHES! I can’t wait to jump into today’s episode!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/23

Today we are chatting about something that is usually not too fun to think about. In today’s interview I am chatting with Amber Dugger all about money--- STOP! don’t run for the hills yet!

Yes, we will be talking about money, but we are also going to be talking about creating a life you love and who doesn’t want that?!

I know you guys are going to find this episode immensely valuable in setting your business up for success so make sure to tune in!

Value Bombs:

How to simplify and organize your money so you can see everything in one place
Reverse engineering your expenses to get to your revenue goal
Creating a holistic system to see both personal and business income and expenses
Why you should be open to possibility and think about what it is you truly desire
How to create “step” goals so you can gradually create goals that you feel comfortable with
Creating a vision and breaking down money goals to see it comes to life
How to evaluate your expenses and whether they are right for your business
Understanding where your money is going from the very beginning can be very peaceful
The difference between a bookkeeper and a tax accountant
Poor cash flow management is one of the key reasons that businesses go out of business
The importance of using a bookkeeping software

Manging money feels awkward and uncomfortable for many, but Amber encourages you to give yourself grace. The more and more you learn about managing your money, the more it will feel like a flow and you will learn to love having control over your finances.

I feel like this episode was the most “non-money” money talk ever. I loved having Amber on the show because she really empowered us to take control of not only our finances but also our joy and happiness. I know I have said it before, but when we track our happiness level, everything grows.

Full show notes available at servescalesoar.com/22

Are you hoping to leave your 9-5 this year but aren’t sure how to make it happen? If you are someone who is thinking you want to bring home your spouse or maybe you just want to be home with your kids, then this is going to be an episode you won’t want to miss!

Today I have my first guy on the podcast and he is a very special one. I am excited for you to meet Greg who is one of the members of Serve Scale Soar as well as the Inner Circle Mastermind.

At this time last year, Greg was working in his corporate job and now he is home with his wife and two kids (soon to be 3!!). Greg was able to systematize his business and now he is bringing in over $10,000/month as a Facebook and Instagram ad strategist for coaches, course creators and membership site owners.

If you are ready to join Greg and so many others inside the Serve Scale Soar membership make sure to go to www.servescalesoar.com/10k to check out my free training. This training will give you the information you need to know about scaling to consistent $10,000 months without hiring a team.

You can find the full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/21

Do you need a step by step plan to set yourself up for your best year yet as we move into 2020? If so, you are going to LOVE this week’s episode. I recently did a Facebook Live and I had such amazing feedback I decided to turn it into a podcast episode. You asked, so I delivered!

I firmly believe that you should create a business that is structured around your family and not the other way around. Today’s episode will deep dive into how to create a plan for 2020 and have goals that have everything to do with putting your family first.

I truly believe that 2020 is going to be your year! If you want more support in 2020 I encourage you to go and register for my free training How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team**

Full show notes available at servescalesoar.com/20

Today on the show I am wrapping up 2019 in a big way by talking about the lessons I learned 14x-ing my business. Make sure to tune in because I have a few surprises up my sleeve!

It’s hard to believe that today is the last day of 2019. Tomorrow we will be heading into a new year and a new decade! I was thinking about my life over the last 10 years and it’s been a crazy journey. I went to law school, worked in direct sales, had a baby, started a mom blog and finally ended up finding my true passion.

Over the past 10 years, I have had many failures and many wins. “Failing” at something allows you to learn from your mistakes. These so-called “failures” have made me into the person I am today. Remember to stop and reflect on your past and celebrate your wins, even the ones that may seem small!

Value Bombs:

Things can happen fast. I started doing Facebook ads for clients less than a year ago.
Relationships over revenue: focus on building relationships and expect nothing in return.
Show up, add value and participate in courses and FB groups.
Ask yourself how you can show up and help others in a genuine way
Don’t get caught up on revenue: concentrate on your profit
Keeping your expenses low allows you to have a higher profit, which allows you to make a bigger impact at home and in your community
The importance of your overall happiness in your business and life
Make sure that what you say yes to, aligns with what lights you up
Do not pick a service just because you think it is scalable.
Realize there are things that are mandatory in your business: you won’t love everything you have to do all the time.

Summary: The 3 Big Lessons I Learned in 2019:

Relationships Over Revenue
Profit Over Revenue
Your Happiness Should Help Dictate Your Decisions

2019 was a whirlwind year for Brandi and Company. I niched down and started offering Facebook ad services, I started a podcast, and I started a membership for service providers that lights me up every single day. In 2020 I am hosting my first live event and running a mastermind for a group of amazing entrepreneurs.

Remember that so much can happen in 12 months. I started my business in 2018 and made between $25,000-$30,000. In 2019, we did over $350,000. I don’t say this to boast or brag, but I say it to show you that a lot can happen in a short amount of time if you get intentional about where you want your business to go. You must focus on the things that matter the most and stop making excuses that it won’t work for you.

I hope you all move into 2020 with a fresh view of your business and yourself and leave all the negative baggage behind you. You are meant to do great things and to do something bigger. Whatever goals and desires you have, you can make it happen!

As you know, learning how to do Facebook ads and offering this as a service changed my life. In honor of that, I am opening the doors to my brand new course, Conversions for Clients. The doors open January 8th and will only be open for a short period of time so I encourage you to jump on the waitlist at www.servescalesoar.com/cfcwaitlist.

Make sure to jump on the waitlist and you will be the first to be notified when the course opens up. This course will take you from not knowing anything or very little about Facebook ads to being a rockstar Facebook ads manager that leaves your clients raving about your conversions.

Wouldn’t you love to be able to quit your 9-5 and double your income in 30 days? I have a feeling your answer is a big YES! If so, you will love today’s episode because Kristi did just that!

Kristi is one of the members in the Serve Scale Soar membership and I had the pleasure of meeting her in person at a conference earlier this year. She is killing it in her business and she was able to double her income in one month.

Kristi lives in Kentucky with her two kids and husband. Her passion is building websites and she also runs a membership that helps creative entrepreneurs navigate the tech in their online business.

Value Bombs:

Kristi tells us the story of how she started her online business and how she realized her love of building websites
How Kristi was able to hone in and figure out her services in the last 90 days
How Kristi systematizes her business so she can set herself up to scale
Why you should focus on connections and networking at conferences
The mindset blocks that came up as Kristi’s income grew
The resources Kristi uses to overcome mindset blocks that come up as her business grows
How to find “friends” in the online space
Kristi shares how she was able to finally quit her 9-5
The impact that quitting her 9-5 has had on her family
The issues that come up when your spouse or friends don’t understand the online space
Creating a waitlist: reasons you need to continually market your services even when you are full

I hope Kristi’s interview inspired you in some way. I hope it opened up your mind to see small shifts that can take place in your business and how quickly things can change in a short amount of time. Kristi has had an online business for over 4 years. Once she made up her mind and made some tweaks in her business structure, she was able to double her income WHILE working a full-time job. This led her to be able to put in her notice and go full time as an online entrepreneur.

Kristi is on track for her first 6 figure year and I can’t wait to see what happens to her business in 2020.

Until next time, I wish all of you a Merry Christmas and Happy Holidays!

I will see you all here next week!

Resources Mentioned:

Episode 5: How Gretchen Doubled Her Income to Five Figure Months in Less Than 60 Days

Episode 12: Why Service Providers Should Be Attending Live Events

Episode 14: How This Stay-At-Home Mom Created a $12k/Month Business That Saved Her Marriage

Want to try Clickup? >> www.servescalesoar.com/clickup

*Affiliate Link

You can find the full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/18

Today’s episode is super special because I have 8 of the Inner Circle Mastermind members on the show to share some amazing tips for how to jump-start your business in 2020.

These are members of my Serve Scale Soar community who are making over $5,000/month and some well over 5 figures a month. Some of them started businesses this year, while others were struggling to get their business off the ground. They have all had amazing growth in their business this year so I am excited for you to get to hear from them!

You can find the full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/17

Resources Mentioned in Today's Episode:

Leave me a question at www.servescalesoar.com/speak

Emily’s episode >> www.servescalesoar.com/7

Jen’s episode >> www.servescalesoar.com/14

Tools I Used To Scale My Business >> www.servescalesoar.com/3

To Join the Mastermind Submit Your Application >> www.brandimowles.com/mastermind**

Is your website selling your services 24/7, even while you sleep? Is it attracting your dream clients? Are you having a hard time trying to figure out what to include on your website….and if you even need one? More importantly, how much time is creating and updating your website going to take and what is it going to cost you? You might be surprised to find out how simple it can be.

Today’s guest is Cami Farey. Cami and I met at the ConvertKit conference earlier this year and immediately hit it off. She is a website design and strategy expert who also teachers other service-based entrepreneurs how to build their website to attract dream clients. Sounds amazing, right? This is going to be an episode you won’t want to miss!

Value Bombs:

The best way to learn something is to take action- to actually DO IT!
You do not have to be an expert, you just need to be a few steps ahead of your client
Cami breaks down why she 100% believes you need a website for your service-based business
The cold, hard truth that 89% of consumers will search the web before making a buying decision
When starting out you don’t need a complicated website. You can start simple.
The essentials to have on your website when you are starting out
Think about what information your clients need from you and then give it to them in the clearest, quickest way possible
3 big mistakes you might be making on your website
How to avoid getting stuck in perfection paralysis
The importance of making sure you have clear, direct calls to action on every page of your website
Why branding images are a solid, long term investment in your business for years to come
If location is important to your business, make sure this is included in your footer

I hope you all loved this episode. It was packed full of information for you to go out and create a simple, beautiful website that sells your services and attracts your dream clients.

Make sure to go DM Cami on Instagram @camifarey and tell her which piece of advice you liked the most. Don’t forget to reach out to me on Instagram as well, @brandiandcompany. I would love to answer any questions you have about your website or scaling your service-based business.

Recourses Mentioned:

www.squarespace.com

Serve Scale Soar Podcast: Episode 12- Why Services Providers Should Be Attending Live Events

Find the full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/16

Have you ever had bad results with a client? Maybe you didn’t hit the goals that were set or get the results the client was hoping for. Maybe you were ghosted by a client or they said no to your proposal. Or maybe you had to break ties when they weren’t ok with your price increase or even worse, maybe they wanted to terminate their contract.

There are many things that can go wrong when working with clients, but it happens to everyone at some point in their business. It has happened to me, which you will hear about in today’s episode.

The most important thing is how you bounce back after bad results. This is what will determine and help shape the success of your business.

Make sure to tune in!

Value Bombs:

Mindset shifts around “bad” results
Asking yourself what you can learn from your bad result or failure
How to avoid using failures as an excuse to move forward
Figuring out what could have been controlled and what couldn’t
How to create a checklist to review what happened and what can be done differently next time
Realizing that you can’t control other people’s actions
Why you shouldn’t make any permanent decisions when you are in a negative mindset
Looking at what went wrong and what was the cause and why it’s not always YOUR fault
The importance of communicating expectations BEFORE you start working together
Realizing that a “failure” can actually be growth for yourself and your business
The best way to navigate getting “fired” or breaking ties with a client
The mindset issues that can pop up when something goes wrong
Remembering that this is a business- there are lots of different reasons why things don’t work out.

I hope you enjoy today’s episode. “Failures” and bad results will happen at some point in your business. It’s important to remember how to analyze the mistakes and make any needed adjustments moving forward. Your mindset plays a huge role in seeing your “failure” as a learning and growth opportunity.

DM me on Instagram and share a time when things didn’t work out with a client. Maybe you are in a rough spot right now because of something that happened. I would love to walk you through how to navigate it, so be sure to reach out! I love hearing from you guys!

That’s all for this week. See you next week- same place, same time!

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Today’s episode may hit home to many of you. My guest today is Jen Myers. Jen is a Facebook Ad Strategist for local businesses and online course creators. She started her virtual assistant business at the beginning of 2019 and by September she crossed the five-figure per month mark when she brought in over $12,500!

Her story is incredible, to say the least, but things were not always this great. Jen was a stay-at-home mom with a failing marriage before she started her online journey. You will hear how finding this online world and building her business has transformed her marriage and her life.

We will also chat about building confidence in your life and business and how important community is! This episode is action-packed so make sure to tune in!

Value Bombs:

Why you need to to keep good relationships with people even if you decide you aren’t a good fit for one another
The importance of aligning yourself with the right people
How streamlining your systems allows you to scale more quickly
Running a simple service-based business allows you to keep things lean
The strategy Jen used to land her first several clients from Linkedin
How Jen used her superpower to meet with clients in person
Why sharing wins was such a struggle for Jen
The importance of surrounding yourself with others you can celebrate with
How to make sure you are putting yourself first
Building genuine relationships with your clients will pave the way for solid referrals for your business

I loved having Jen on the show today. She is one of the founding members of the Serve Scale Soar membership and a dear friend. I loved hearing her story and how it was able to change her marriage and her life. I am so excited to see what 2020 holds for her. I already know it’s going to be incredible.

Make sure to head to Instagram or Facebook and give Jen a shout out. If you found this episode inspiring, please make sure to share it on social media so you can inspire someone else too! Don’t forget to tag me @brandiandcompany on Instagram and let me know you tuned in. What was your biggest takeaway? Do you plan to implement any of Jen’s ideas into your business as we close out the year and move into 2020?

Thanks for tuning in and I will see you guys next week!

Resources Mentioned in Today’s Episode:

Episode 8: Attract High-Paying Clients on Linkedin

Episode 3: 4 Tools You Should Be Using to Scale Your Service-Based Business

Want to check out Dubsado? Head to servescalesoar.com/dubsado and use code “serve” to get 20% off using my affiliate link.

LinkedIn Training: Learn How to Brand Your LinkedIn to Attract High Paying Clients

Are you wondering how in the heck you can land high-end clients that will pay high-end prices? If so, you are in the right place. Today my special guest is Chanti Zak. You may have heard her name before because her list of clients is quite impressive!

Chanti is a quiz funnel strategist and consultant for change-makers. She’s a marketing unicorn that believes boring is the enemy, neutral is a death sentence and real talk is the way of the future. She’s created money-making quiz funnels for Jenna Kutcher, Amy Porterfield, Rick Mulready, and heaps of other mission-driven online businesses. In her spare time, you can find her at the farmer’s market, doing downward dog, or binge-watching GoT.

Are you wondering how much she charges and what kind of a mindset you need to have to work with high-end clients like these? Maybe you are wondering if a quiz might be a good way to bring in leads for your service-based business?! Or maybe you are thinking you would love to offer quiz building as a service yourself!

We will be answering all of these questions and more on today’s episode. Let’s jump in!

Show notes available at servescalesoar.com/13

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Subscribe & Review on Apple Podcasts

Are you subscribed to my podcast? If you’re not, I want to encourage you to do that today so you don’t miss any future episodes! I already have so many amazing guests and topics lined up, I would hate for you to miss a single one! Click here to subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Could I ask a big favor? If you are loving the podcast, I would LOVE it if you would leave me a review on Apple Podcasts. I read each and every review. Plus, you get to pay it forward because it will allow other service providers like you to find the podcast! Wondering how to leave a review? Click here to review, then select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. So easy and so appreciated!

I have a challenge for you today! I want you to meet some people in real life. That’s right! Today’s episode is all about meeting people in the flesh. Whether it’s a retreat, a conference, or a local networking event, I will be giving you tips and tricks on how to conquer them all.

You might be thinking…. “There is no way that I am going to a conference with 3,000 people Brandi! That’s why I work from home!” Hear me out! Even if you are an introvert. I used to say the same thing too!

Read the full show notes at servescalesoar.com/12

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Today I am chatting with Andrea Merrill who is a member of the Serve Scale Soar membership. She is a mom of 5 kids (yes 5!) that went from having her water cut off to making over $12,000 a month in less than 60 days. Andrea will be sharing her story of why she started in the online space and how she manages to run a successful business AND be home with her husband and kids.

You are going to love this one!

Value Bombs:

How Andrea got her start after a near-death experience
How Andrea found her first client and how things snowballed from there
How Andrea was able to charge $5,000 for her first client website and SEO package
The importance of time management in running her household and business
Her plans to scale to $15,000, $20,000 and $30,000 months
The biggest challenges she has had to overcome since starting her business
Mindset struggles she had in the beginning and the ones she still has now
How she niched down from offering “all the things” to website design and SEO
How Andrea figured out how to value herself
Realizing that you don’t have to focus on all the things to have a successful business
How and why she cut out all the extra voices and people in her life that weren't lifting her up
The day Andrea got her water turned off and how it was a turning point for her business
The biggest takeaway for Andrea since joining the Serve Scale Soar membership
The importance of celebrating your wins and sharing them with your family

Where You Can Find Andrea:

Follow Andrea on Facebook

www.virtuallyadventurous.com

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Subscribe & Review on Apple Podcasts Are you subscribed to my podcast? If you’re not, I want to encourage you to do that today so you don’t miss any future episodes! I already have so many amazing guests and topics lined up, I would hate for you to miss a single one! Click here to subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Could I ask a big favor? If you are loving the podcast, I would LOVE it if you would leave me a review on Apple Podcasts. I read each and every review. Plus, you get to pay it forward because it will allow other service providers like you to find the podcast! Wondering how to leave a review? Click here to review, then select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. So easy and so appreciated!

Wondering how you can get paid on time? Do you hate chasing around your clients for payments and waiting for them so you can pay your own bills? If so, make sure to tune in because in today’s episode I will be breaking down and sharing three tips to make sure you get paid on time and don’t have to chase around your clients for payments. You can set them up to pay you automatically! Sounds magical doesn’t it?! Let’s dive in!

Value Bombs:

When you aren’t getting paid on time, is it their fault or yours?
Make sure you have systems in place to get your client’s to pay on time
Do you have a contract in place and what does it say about your payment terms?
Make sure your contract includes the following:
- How much is your client paying?
- When should they be paying?
- What happens when they don’t pay?
- What’s your late fee policy?
The importance of doing a monthly contract audit to make necessary changes
The importance of kickoff/welcome calls with your clients so they know what to expect from the beginning
How you can set up your invoices in Dubsado so they go out automatically
How to schedule reminders in Clickup or your project management tool if you prefer to send your invoices manually.
Why you need to make sure you are always getting paid upfront before you start client work or hand over any deliverables

I hope you take these three tips and start implementing them in your business today. You will see such a difference! You can also make sure to avoid problem clients by noticing red flags that pop up on your discovery calls! You can usually get a feeling from those clients that might not pay on time.

I hope you enjoyed this episode and I hope you start seeing your client’s payments roll in, on time, month after month without having to chase them down!

Make sure to tune in and I will see you guys next week for another episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast! Go out this week and serve your clients, scale your business and soar into the six-figure year you deserve!

Subscribe & Review on Apple Podcasts Are you subscribed to my podcast? If you’re not, I want to encourage you to do that today so you don’t miss any future episodes! I already have so many amazing guests and topics lined up, I would hate for you to miss a single one! Click here to subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Could I ask a big favor? If you are loving the podcast, I would LOVE it if you would leave me a review on Apple Podcasts. I read each and every review. Plus, you get to pay it forward because it will allow other service providers like you to find the podcast! Wondering how to leave a review? Click here to review, then select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. So easy and so appreciated!

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Have you been wondering if you should be pitching yourself on podcasts? Are you wondering how to even get started? Today on the show, I have my own visibility strategist, Angie Trueblood with us and she is going to be sharing tons of tips and tricks when it comes to getting super visible in your business using the power of podcasting.

As a podcast visibility expert who fiercely believes in the power of women stepping more fully into their gifts, Angie knows that the only 'perfect pitch' is the one that leads with value and focuses on building a genuine connection. Whether she is teaching entrepreneurs how to pitch themselves or working behind the scenes to secure opportunities for others, Angie leverages her super-connector powers to grow businesses and build long-lasting relationships. When she's not working with her clients or being active in her local community, she loves exploring Richmond, Virginia's parks and playgrounds with her two kiddos, checking out new restaurants with her hubs, and laughing about motherhood with friends.

Make sure you tune in so you don’t miss this episode! It’s a good one!

Value Bombs on Today’s Episode:

Why service providers should be pitching themselves to be on podcasts
Many podcast hosts in the space need experts in specific, niched fields
How you can showcase your expertise to someone else’s audience full of your ideal clients
There is a huge need and demand for content and there are not a lot of people out there pitching themselves
The perfect storm of opportunity as a service provider in the podcasting space
The importance of niching down and being known for something specific
How being a guest on podcasts can end up bringing you referrals
Podcasting is an evergreen content source that can benefit you for months or years to come.
How you can use podcasting to speed up the know, like, trust factor with your clients
The importance of getting clear on who your client is
How to figure out which podcasts are complimentary to your services (not competition)
How to figure out if a podcast is worth your time and effort
How to come up with podcast talk topics as a guest
Three “talk topics” to have in your back pocket when pitching
Why you should have a variety of top topics available
How to develop your interesting or unique story
How you can use friends and family to help you craft your story
What you need to have in place to start pitching yourself on podcasts
Why you need to have a sales process that converts in place before pitching yourself
How to determine how many pitches you should be sending out
The importance of following up on your pitches

Where to Find Angie:

www.angietrueblood.com

Snag Angie’s Visibility Workflow and Training >> angietrueblood.com/brandi

Subscribe to the Go Pitch Yourself Podcast

Join Angie’s Free Facebook Group- Go Pitch Yourself

Connect with Angie on Facebook

Connect with Angie on Instagram

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Voxer Walk Talkie App

Subscribe & Review on Apple Podcasts Are you subscribed to my podcast? If you’re not, I want to encourage you to do that today so you don’t miss any future episodes! I already have so many amazing guests and topics lined up, I would hate for you to miss a single one! Click here to subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Could I ask a big favor? If you are loving the podcast, I would LOVE it if you would leave me a review on Apple Podcasts. I read each and every review. Plus, you get to pay it forward because it will allow other service providers like you to find the podcast! Wondering how to leave a review? Click here to review, then select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. So easy and so appreciated!

LinkedIn, the place where your ideal client may be hanging out and the platform you're probably not using to its fullest. That's right! Today we're chatting all about LinkedIn and the magical clients that you can find on it. It's one of the ways that I was able to take my business from $4,000/month to $8,000/month after adding three new clients and working less. So what's the trick? That's what we're chatting about on the podcast today so make sure to tune in!

Value Bombs:

Why you must recognize that you are the CEO of your business
Linkedin is a gold mind of decision-makers: Presidents, CEOs, Directors
Why you must respect the platform you are using and how Linkedin is different than the others
When thinking business, remember, it’s not about the platform you like- it’s about where your clients are
How to evaluate whether your clients are on Linkedin
3 steps you can take today to start attracting high-end clients on Linkedin
How to make sure your profile is optimized
Why you should have your picture (not your logo!) on your profile
Why you shouldn’t stress over recommendations and endorsements
Why I think connecting on Linkedin is addicting
How to use keywords to search on Linkedin to find your ideal clients
Why you should not be spending energy on platforms where your clients are not hanging out
The importance of focusing on getting 500+ connection and how to do it
The types of content that perform the best on Linkedin
Why you should stop driving people away from Linkedin- keep them there!
Why now is the time to get on Linkedin (if you aren’t on the platform already!)

Alright guys, that wraps up today’s episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast. I would love for you to think about giving Linkedin a try. Remember to download my free training which will help you get started with step 1: optimizing your profile. After you get your profile set up, it’s time to start connecting with your ideal clients using targeted keywords. The last step is to create content and show up consistently.

Ok, so what did you guys think? It’s not that hard, right?! Head over to Instagram and tag me @brandiandcompany and let me know if you are going to give Linkedin a shot! Not sure if your ideal clients are on Linkedin? DM me and I would be happy to help!

That’s all for today! I will see you back here next week for more actionable tips on scaling your service-based business!

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Subscribe & Review on Apple Podcasts Are you subscribed to my podcast? If you’re not, I want to encourage you to do that today so you don’t miss any future episodes! I already have so many amazing guests and topics lined up, I would hate for you to miss a single one! Click here to subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Could I ask a big favor? If you are loving the podcast, I would LOVE it if you would leave me a review on Apple Podcasts. I read each and every review. Plus, you get to pay it forward because it will allow other service providers like you to find the podcast! Wondering how to leave a review? Click here to review, then select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. So easy and so appreciated!

#7: Today I have my best friend Emily on the podcast! She is a member of Serve Scale Soar and got her start as an entrepreneur seven and a half years ago working with an MLM. In February of this year, she decided to try something different and started a business as a Pinterest manager. She quickly found out she loved building and designing funnels. On today’s episode, we will be discussing what it’s been like transitioning to this new business and the freedom she has been given now that she has her own online business.

Make sure you tune in to the episode because it’s a great one!

Value Bombs:

What Emily started out doing in her business and how she quickly found out what she loved.
Her journey of trying many different things to figure out what she did and didn't like to offer
How letting go of a client actually allows you to bless another VA with work doing what they love!
The process she went through letting her client go
How and why she took on new clients before she let her old ones go.
How her health journey affected her mindset and direct sales business.
How she used the skills she learned in her direct sales business and transitioned them to her online business.
How a snow day in Seattle turned into “trying” something new.
Why you should tread lightly when you suggest trying an online business to others
Emily discusses the process of starting her new VA business.
The mindset issues Emily had to overcome when starting her business.
Why managing your money is important to be able to scale.
We chat about money and the differences between her direct sales and her new service-based business income
We discuss identity and how things have changed since leaving her MLM business.
We discuss the freedom Emily has found working on her service-based business
Emily discusses the challenges she has had to overcome since transitioning online
Why celebrating has been so hard for Emily
Why you don’t always have to put timelines on your goals
We discuss the favorite part of Emily’s business
Emily’s favorite business tool >> Clickup! (and why her client suggested she start using it!)

That wraps up today’s episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast! I know so many of you are going to love Emily’s episode, whether you have been in the MLM/direct sales space or not!

I loved having her on the show so make sure to tune in! See you next week!

Subscribe & Review on Apple Podcasts Are you subscribed to my podcast? If you’re not, I want to encourage you to do that today so you don’t miss any future episodes! I already have so many amazing guests and topics lined up, I would hate for you to miss a single one! Click here to subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Could I ask a big favor? If you are loving the podcast, I would LOVE it if you would leave me a review on Apple Podcasts. I read each and every review. Plus, you get to pay it forward because it will allow other service providers like you to find the podcast! Wondering how to leave a review? Click here to review, then select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. So easy and so appreciated!

Where You Can Find Emily:

Follow Emily on Facebook

Follow Emily on Instagram

Emily’s Website

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

How can you use affiliate marketing in your service-based business?

I know there is a hot topic that everyone loves to talk about….passive income. In today’s episode, I will be discussing passive income. But not the membership and course creation type of passive income (which really isn’t passive by the way). Today I will be talking all about affiliate income so let’s dive into today’s episode!

Value Bombs:

How you can have a successful affiliate income even if you have a small email list
Affiliate income doesn't have to be salesy! All you have to do is share your favorite systems and products with your audience or clients
How to use affiliate marketing in a genuine way
How to use affiliate marketing to cover your business expenses
Think about the systems and the software you currently use with your clients and apply for those affiliate programs
The power of affiliate marketing and how you can continue to make income from current and past clients for months and years to come
The importance of suggesting software and programs you love and believe in
How to create your services around your affiliate offerings
How you can create a resource tab on your website and what to include
The importance of building trust with your clients
How to make sure you are following the rules about disclosing your affiliate links

Ok guys! That’s all for today. Make sure to tune in on your favorite platform so you can find out more about affiliate marketing for your service-based business. It is one of my favorite income streams! I don’t think enough people are talking about this, so I love sharing about how I have successfully weaved this into my business.

Find me on Instagram @brandiandcompany and tell me what affiliate program you love to share and how you are using affiliate marketing in your service-based business.

Thanks for tuning in! See you guys next week! Until then, make sure you go out and serve your clients and scale your business so you can soar into the six-figure years you deserve!

Subscribe & Review in iTunes Are you subscribed to my podcast? If you’re not, I want to encourage you to do that today so you don’t miss any future episodes! I already have so many amazing guests and topics lined up, I would hate for you to miss a single one! Click here to subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Could I ask a big favor? If you are loving the podcast, I would LOVE it if you would leave me a review on Apple Podcasts. I read each and every review. Plus, you get to pay it forward because it will allow other service providers like you to find the podcast! Wondering how to leave a review? Click here to review, then select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. So easy and so appreciated!

Resources Mentioned in Today’s Episode:

Don’t forget to check out my resources page!

Brandi and Company Resources Page

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

What does it take to double your income and create five-figure months in less than 60 days? Tune in to today’s episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast where we will be talking with Gretchen Wheeler. Gretchen is one of the members from Serve Scale Soar and we really get to break down her business. Gretchen transitioned from a brick and mortar to a very successful Facebook marketing and ads business. What I love most about Gretchen is that it’s not just about the money for her- It’s about her love of helping her clients. This is going to be a great one so make sure to tune in!

Value bombs:

The importance of attending in person, live events and conferences
Gretchen discusses how she got started… her original plan was not to do FB ads, but to start her own painting membership.
How helping her friends with their memberships, actually launched her FB ads and marketing business.
How her experience in the brick and mortar space set her up for success as an online entrepreneur
Gretchen is NOT a tech person, yet now she does FB ads for clients
How you can focus on things that aren't your strengths and work to make them better.
Gretchen started and ran her business for many months before ever having a Facebook page or a website.
Why it’s important to concentrate on helping others, not just about making money.
No matter where you are in your business, you will still have imposter syndrome creep in
We discuss the importance of relationships in your business
How and why Stu McLaren said Gretchen's name on stage at his Tribe Live event and how that changed everything for Gretchen
The challenges Gretchen has come across working from home
Why Gretchen’s favorite business tool is Dubsado and how it’s changed her business
Gretchen discusses the Serve Scale Soar membership and how important community over competition is.

Well, that wraps up today’s episode. I loved having Gretchen on the show so she could share her story and how much her life and business have changed in such a short period of time. Make sure to tune in next week for another great episode of the Serve Scale Soar Podcast.

Would you be so kind as to head on over to Apple Podcasts and leave me a review?! I love hearing feedback and I want to be able to make these episodes for YOU…. so I need to hear what you love (or don’t!).

I want to give back to YOU so I am doing a fun giveaway. I will be giving away one $100 Amazon gift card as well as four $25 Amazon gift cards. 5 lucky listeners will win, so head on over to Apple Podcasts now and leave a quick review. I read each and every one and love hearing from all of you! Before you hit “submit” take a screenshot of your review and head over to servescalesoar.com/review or click here to be entered into the drawing for 1 of 5 Amazon gift cards!

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode:

Episode #3: 4 Tools You Should Be Using to Scale Your Service-Based Business

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Where you can find Gretchen:

Gretchen’s Website

Additional Resources:

Serve Scale Soar Website

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

On today’s episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast, we will be talking about the 4 lessons I learned scaling to six figures in 10 months. I hope this episode helps you avoid the pitfalls I made so you can scale your business even faster!

Value bombs:

Why your marketing, your systems, and your business should be SIMPLE!
Why you don’t need to have a fancy proposal or website to scale your business
The importance of building real relationships in the online space
The importance of having a small, deep circle of business friends and mentors
Why you should quit following 20 different mentors! Talk about overwhelm and mixed messages! Find your core.
Why you should not base your pricing off of one person’s comment.
Why doing #allthethings will get you nowhere.
How you can simplify your services so you can do what you love, while being able to scale
Evaluating what services you provide so you can cut what you don't love and what’s not making you money.
Why offering all the things won't allow you to get known for anything.

That wraps up today’s episode. Would you be so kind as to head on over to Apple Podcasts and leave me a review?! I love hearing feedback and I want to be able to make these episodes for YOU…. so I need to hear what you love (or don’t!).

I want to give back to YOU so I am doing a fun giveaway. I will be giving away one $100 Amazon gift card as well as four $25 Amazon gift cards. 5 lucky listeners will win, so head on over to Apple Podcasts now and leave a quick review. I read each and every one and love hearing from all of you! Before you hit “submit” take a screenshot of your review and head over to servescalesoar.com/review or click here to be entered into the drawing for 1 of 5 Amazon gift cards!

That’s all for today! Until next time!

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode:

Listen to Episode 2- 4 Things Service Providers Should Track

Listen to Episode 3- 4 Tools Service Providers Should Use

Additional Resources:

Serve Scale Soar Website

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

On today’s episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast, we will be talking about the 4 tools I used scaling to six figures. The even better news is that they cost less than $35 a month! Simple and inexpensive….make sure to tune in!

Value Bombs:

The importance of simplifying your business so you can scale
The one tool I use to manage my contracts, proposals, scheduler, and bookkeeping.
Why I LOVE Dubsado and how it simplifies my business. Go to servescalesoar.com/dubsado and use code “serve” to get 20% off using my affiliate link.
The importance of finding a good CRM
How to eliminate using a bunch of free tools so you can improve your client’s experience
Why Zoom is one of my favorite tools for discovery calls. Plus, it’s FREE! Here’s my affiliate link so you can start using it today! servescalesoar.com/zoom
How to use Google Drive to share assets quickly with clients
How to improve your customer experience and journey.
Why I switched from using Asana, Trello and Google Calendar to only using one platform-- ClickUp.
How I plan my week on Sunday evenings using ClickUp. Click here to check out the recent video I did that walks you through my planning process.
How I use ClickUp for personal use and client management.
When you should switch tools and when you shouldn’t- FOMO is real, yall!
The importance of streamlining your tools so you can free up time for client work or more time with your family.
How to get paid easily and have an amazing customer experience.

That wraps up today’s episode. Don’t forget to screenshot this episode and tag me on Instagram @brandiandcompany and tell me what your favorite tools are! Make sure to subscribe and tune in to episode 4 where we will be discussing the 4 things I learned scaling to six figures.

So glad you are here! Until next time!

Additional Resources:

Serve Scale Soar Podcast Website

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

On today’s episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast we are talking about the 4 things I tracked scaling my business to 6 figures in 10 months. I love talking about this because not enough people are tracking the things that actually matter in their business. So many people are focused on tracking things like vanity numbers, email subscribers and Instagram followers. STOP! As a service-based entrepreneur, we don’t have to worry about all those numbers. On the episode today we will talk about what you do need to track, so make sure to listen to the whole episode!

I promise if you start tracking the things that actually matter you will see massive business growth! I challenge you to track these things for 1 month and then report back to me and let me know how it went! On to today’s episode!

Value Bombs:

Why you should be tracking your marketing minutes and what the heck marketing minutes even are!
How much time you should be spending on your marketing minutes to bring in new clients for your business.
How to figure out what Facebook groups you should be in and how you should show up when you are there.
How often you should be showing up in Facebook groups-- plus, I invite you in on a fun little challenge!
Why you might think you hate discovery calls and how to actually love them
How long your discovery calls should actually be
How to track your conversion rates on discovery calls so you can plan for months with income dips.
What software tools you can use to track your revenue and expenses to make sure you aren’t throwing away money every month.
Why you should keep your expenses down, even as your income goes up.
The fourth thing I tracked on my way to six figures-- and it’s probably something that will surprise you.
How to avoid getting burned out and overwhelmed in your business because there is “so much to do!”
How I ran my business in the beginning and how to avoid following in my footsteps
When it’s time to re-evaluate your business and when it might be time to pivot

Make sure to tune in to the podcast this week because I break down all of these in more detail. I truly believe that if you track these too, it will help you scale your business. Take my challenge and remember to DM me on Instagram and let me know how you did. I love hearing from my listeners! Until next time!

Additional Resources:

Serve Scale Soar Website

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

Welcome to the Serve Scale Soar podcast! In case you don’t already know me, my name is Brandi and I help service-based entrepreneurs scale their business to consistent 5-figure months so they can scale into 6 figure years-- without the hustle, without the grind and without doing #allthethings.

What you can expect in future episodes

Why I think the quickest way to six figures is through a service-based business
Interviews from some of the top experts in their field
Guest interviews with other entrepreneurs who are growing and scaling their business.
Learn how to simply and streamline your business so you can scale it
How to show up and wow your clients so they keep coming back month after month and become a great source of referrals in your business
And SO, SO much more!

Like many of you, I have a little one and a husband at home. Family is super important to me and one of the reasons I started this business. After my daughter was born we went from two incomes to one. I was at the point where I just needed to make a little bit of extra money and to fulfill the need I had inside of me.

I started my business as a virtual assistant offering social media management, then Pinterest, and then I found Facebook and Instagram ads. That's when I figured out what I loved and that’s when everything changed.

I can’t wait to connect with you guys each week. So get out there, serve your clients, scale your business, and soar into those six-figure years you deserve.

Check out the Serve Scale Soar Podcast Website Here